Home

Mercedes Benz 2006 S 350 User's Manual

1. Getting started Adjusting gt D A E A E gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Seat cushion tilt significantly increased if the child restraints or gt Press the switch up or down in the di are No oey secured in the ouae a gt Open the respective door rection of arrow 3 until your upper the child is not properly secured in the child legs are lightly supported restraint Seat fore and aft adjustment Seat cushion depth gt Press the switch forward or backward Seat adjustment l e in the direction of arrow gt Press the switch forward or backward The seat adjustment switches are located in the direction of arrow until your on the front doors Adjust seat to a comfortable seating legs are Supported comfortably position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely Seat backrest tilt The position should be as far to the rear as possible consistent with ability to properly operate controls gt Press the switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel When moving the seat make sure there are no items in the footwell or be Seat height eae hind the seats Otherwise you could gt Press the switch up or down in the di Head restraint height gamag ESEA rection of arrow 2 Seat height The memory function gt page 128 lets 3 Seat cushion tilt you store the setting for the se
2. csseeeeeeeeeees 10 Service and warranty information 10 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles 11 Maintenance ccceceecececsceceecees 12 Roadside Assistance 0 e008 12 Change of address or ownership 12 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada 13 Where to find It ccccccccceeeessseeees 14 DV INTO IS PE sede secsiemieinbees 15 Operating Safety ceccccccssssecceeeeeeees 16 Proper use of the vehicle 16 Problems with your vehicle 6 17 Reporting safety defects c ee 18 Reporting safety defects 18 Vehicle data recording csseccceeees 19 Information regarding electronic recording CeVICES ccceseeeenes 19 At a glance 0 0 ccc ccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeees 21 COCK DI iienaa 22 Instrument CluSter sesccccsessseees 24 Multifunction steering wheel 26 Center console cccccesesccssecccseeees 27 Upper part cccccsssscccesscceeeeees 27 Lower part ssviescvndavavaanveventanitenteudectede 28 Overhead control panel cceeeee 29 Door control panel cccssecceeseeeeees 30 Getting started cc ceeeeceeees 31 UNIOCKINE cessent 32 Unlocking with the SmartKey 32 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO 33 Starter switch positions 066
3. gt Start the engine of the disabled vehi gt page 408 y f cle gt Make sure the two vehicles do not N JA H Now you can again turn on the electrical touch 9410223631 consumers Do not turn on the lights under Saracen ails leceicaleonsuners Q Positive terminal of discharged battery any circumstances Al Fae neck Negative terminal of discharged gt Remove the jumper cables first from en ene enact battery negative terminals 2 and and then gt Shift gear selector lever to position P Positive terminal of charged battery from positive terminals 4 and l 4 Negative terminal of charged battery l gt Open the trunk lid You can now turn on the lights gt Connect positive terminals C and G gt Remove battery cover gt page 408 of the batteries with the jumper cable gt Have the battery checked at the near gt Remove red cover from positive Clamp cable to charged battery est authorized Mercedes Benz Center terminal Q first Y Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehi cle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is pref erable to other types of towing Use flatbed or wheel lift dolly equip ment with SmartKey in starter switch turned to position O Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports To prevent damage d
4. or 4 Step 11 gt Press hold for two seconds and re lease same button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to perform this procedure a third time to complete the training Step 12 gt Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed integrated signal transmitter button or Step 13 gt To program the remaining two buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Gate operator Canadian programming Step 4 Canadian radio frequency laws require gt Continue to press and hold the inte transmitter signals to time out or quit grated signal transmitter button after several seconds of transmission 3 or while you press and re press which may not be long enough for the inte cycle your hand held remote con grated signal transmitter to pick up the sig trol transmitter 6 every two seconds nal during programming Similar to this until the frequency signal has been Canadian law some U S gate operators learned Upon successful training the are designed to time out in the same indicator lamp will flash slowly and manner then rapidly after several seconds If you live in Canada or if you are having dif gt Proceed with programming step 5 and ficulties programming a gate operator re step 6 to complete gardles
5. Locking and unlocking gt gt Press switch Q briefly The vehicle is locked and the trunk lid closes automatically With the hood and all doors closed All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is activated a You can also close the trunk by hand If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly a To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk lid will open automatical ly if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle or in the trunk Warning A N Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e press trunk lid closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle
6. Do not run the engine in confined areas y N Gan s such as a garage which are not properly U 2 You can also use the touch start ventilated If you think that exhaust gas Gearshift pattern for automatic function Turn the SmartKey to fumes are entering the vehicle while driving transmission position 3 and release it again immedi have the cause determined and corrected P Park position with gear selector lever ately The engine then starts automati immediately If you must drive under these lock cally conditions drive with at least one window R Reverse gear fully open N Neutral For information on turning off the engine D Drive position with the SmartKey see Turning off with For more information see the Controlsin the SmartKey gt page 57 detail section gt page 173 Starting with KEYLESS GO Warning A N As long as the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise acci dentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the
7. Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire inflation pres sures is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 300 Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds gt page 307 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition gt page 313 If such information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s main tenance recommendation included with vehicle The following pages also list the ap proved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicles with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equip ment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Depending on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle Appearance Package Sport Package etc equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your ve hicle model may also require the pur chase of two or four wheel rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more infor mation Technical data Rims and tires Technical data Rims and tire
8. Locking and unlocking Unlocking and opening the trunk You can unlock and open the trunk sepa rately A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid gt Press and hold button until trunk unlocks and begins to open The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure that there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system To stop the opening proce dure press button RRM The trunk lid stops moving Loss of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If you lose your SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or the mechanical key im mediately to your car insurance com pany gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so POOL SO 2 175 31 Q Locking knob 2 Inside door handle If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch
9. Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat Instrument cluster Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moist ened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Steering wheel and gear selector lever Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Cup holder Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moist ened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Hard plastic trim items Pour Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care onto soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure Headliner and shelf below rear window Clean with soft bristle brush or use a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Operation Vehicle care Seat belts The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Only use clear lukewarm water and soap Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Warning Operation Vehicle care Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to beco
10. The power windows are synchronized Summer opening feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simulta neously opening the side windows opening the tilt sliding sunroof turning on the seat ventilation for the driver s seat The seat ventilation for the driver s seat is automatically set to the highest level if activated via summer opening feature Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO at the driver s outside door handle The SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proxim ity to the driver s door handle Press and hold button until the side windows and tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position Release button to interrupt pro cedure Controls in detail Power windows Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Warning A N gt Press and hold the lock button on an Convenience closing feature When you lock the vehicle you can close the side windows and tilt sliding sunroof simultaneously gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO at the driver s outside door handle gt page 210 The SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proximity to the driver s door handle gt Press and hold button until the side windows and tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed gt Release button to interrupt pro cedure outside door handle gt page 58 un
11. We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Title illustration no P00 0 1 2396 31 Press time February 07 2005 GSP TIP Printed in Germany
12. Be sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds You should wait until the tires are cold before adjusting the tire inflation pressure some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condi tion gt page 313 If such information is provided it can be found on the placard lo cated on the inside of the fuel filler flap Tire inflation pressure changes by approxi mately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Operation Tires and wheels Checking tire inflation pressure Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the vehicle has been driven for several miles or sitting less than three hours the reading will be approximately 4 psi 0 3 bar higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire in flation pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tir
13. SS eS ee ee eee LS P54 70 2208 31 Because of their narrow profile the vehi cles traveling near the outer edge of the lane have not yet been detected by Dis tronic There will be insufficient distance to the vehicles ahead Controls in detail Driving systems Airmatic Airmatic automatically selects the opti mum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle Airmatic consists of two com ponents e Adaptive Damping System ADS e Level control system The ADS automatically selects the opti mum damping for the respective driving conditions At the same time the suspen sion is set to either sporty or regular Suspension tuning The suspension tuning is set according to e Your driving style e Road surface conditions e Your choice of suspension style Comfort Sports 1 or Sports 2 which you select using the damping button Controls in detail Driving systems e If one indicator lamp is on the con Vehicle level control with Airmatic trol system supports a primarily dy namic style of driving The i OY Os Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to message e reduce fuel consumption AITRMATIC SPORTS 1 e increase vehicle safety for Sporty 1 suspension tuning ap The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or pears in the multifunction display lowered according to the selected level n ATTA A setting and to the vehicle speed i e f both i
14. Control system The control system is used to call up vehicle information and to change component settings Information and messages appear in the multifunction display The driver uses the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to navigate through the system and to ad just settings Cruise control Driving convenience system that auto matically maintains the vehicle speed set by the driver Curb weight gt page 323 Distronic A driving convenience cruise control system which helps the driver maintain a pre selected speed e lf there is no vehicle directly ahead the system operates in the same way as conventional gt cruise con trol e lf aslower moving vehicle is ahead Distronic will reduce your vehicle speed to the extent permitted by re duced throttle and up to 20 brak ing power to maintain the preset minimum following distance DOT Department of Transportation gt page 323 Engine number The number set by the manufacturer and stamped on the cylinder block to uniquely identify each engine pro duced Engine oil viscosity Measurement for the inner friction vis cosity of the oil at different tempera tures The higher the temperature an oil can tolerate without becoming thin or the lower the temperature it can tol erate without becoming viscous the better the viscosity ESP Electronic Stability Program Improves vehicle handling and direc tional stability ETD Emergen
15. Getting out of your vehicle with the gear se lector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an incline position P alone may not prevent your vehi cle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 46 When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards the road curb Switching off headlamps gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WJ For more information see Lighting gt page 131 Turning off the engine gt Place the gear selector lever in position P Always set the parking brake in addi tion to shifting to position P On slopes turn the front wheels to wards the curb Turning off with the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch gt page 34 to position O and remove it The immobilizer is activated The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 44 Allow the retractor to completely re wind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate With the SmartKey removed and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the vehicle s exterior lamps are not switched off Turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO gt Place the gear selector lever in position P gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 to shut off the en gin
16. Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety DaimlerChrysler may access the information and share it with others for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency for use in dispute resolution involving DaimlerChrysler its affiliates or sales service organization and or as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system At a glance Cockpit Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Center console Overhead control panel Door control panel a Cockpit m m 3 co sO cL Item Combination switch e Turn signals e Windshield wipers e High beam Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG only Page 51 52 135 222 215 2
17. Installing towing eye bolt gt gt Take towing eye bolt and wheel wrench out of trunk gt page 384 Screw towing eye bolt clockwise into its stop and tighten with wheel wrench Removing towing eye bolt gt Loosen towing eye bolt counterclock wise with wheel wrench Unscrew towing eye bolt Store towing eye bolt and wheel wrench in trunk Installing cover gt Fit cover and snap into place Practical hints Fuses Fuses are designed to protect the electri cal circuits in your vehicle from a short cir cuit If a fuse is blown the component s and systems controlled by that fuse will stop working The following aids are available to help you replace fuses gt page 416 e Fuse chart e Spare fuses e Special fuse extractor A Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz and which have the specified amperage Us ing other fuses may cause an overload and lead to a fire or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Warning Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Your vehicle s electrical fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Inthe dashboard on the passenger side gt page 417 e Inthe rear passenger compartment un der the right rear seat gt page 417 e Inthe engine compartment on the driv er s side gt page 418 e Inthe engine compartment on the pas sen
18. Models with all wheel drive only The 4MATIC improves the vehicle s ability to use available traction e g during winter operation in mountains under snowy con ditions by applying power to all four wheels Warning A N If you see the ESP warning lamp flashing in the speedometer dial proceed as follows While driving off apply as little throttle as possible While driving ease up on the accelera tor Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents result ing from excessive speed Do not tow with one axle raised Otherwise the transfer case can be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Performance testing must only be con ducted on a two axle dynamometer Otherwise the transfer case can be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Because of the ESP s automatic oper ation the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the front or rear axle brake system Operational tests with the engine run ning can only be conducted on a two axle dynamometer Y Anti theft sy
19. Warning AN ture is deactivated You must make sure no one can become gt Move the selection marker with STEER Cul y une Seeing COUN trapped or injured by the moving steering the or El button to Moyet wheel and driver s seat when the easy en the CONVENIENCE submenu ST COL SEAT Both the steering column try exit feature is activated gt Press button JA or A repeatedly and the driver s seat are To cancel seat steering wheel movement until you see this message in the multi Moves do one of the following function display EASY ENTRY FEATURE l l ACTIVATE Setting parking position for exterior rear e Press seat adjustment switch l Wa miror gt page 38 The selection marker is on the current e Move steering column stalk setting Use the MIRROR SETTING WHEN PARKING gt page 40 function to select whether the passen a EASY ENTRY FEATURE ger side exterior rear view mirror should be e Press the one of the memory position ACTIVATE l eer E turned downward during parking maneu o J OFF F vers when reverse gear R is engaged For pag STEER coL x dditional inf Activati f ST COL SEAT il additional information see Activating ex terior rear view mirror parking position gt page 187 P 4 32 2632 31 gt Move the selection marker to the CONVENIENCE submenu using the or E button gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display MIRROR SETTING WHEN PARKING
20. When closing the windows make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The closing of the door windows can be im mediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pressed past the resis tance point and released by pressing the re spective switch The door windows are equipped with the ex press close and automatic reversal func tion If the window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circum stance where you pressed the switch past the resistance point and released it to close the window the automatic reversal function will stop the window and open it slightly If the window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the window by pressing and holding the switch by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey by pressing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle or by pressing and holding button or button J on the climate control panel the automatic reversal function will not op erate When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury You can also open or close the win dows using th
21. e independently of the side impact air bags The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment thresholds You will then be protect ed by the fastened seat belts Safety and Security Occupant safety The passenger front air bag will only be de ployed if e the front passenger seat is occupied e the ET indicator lamp in the lower part of the front center console is not lit gt page 73 e the impact exceeds a preset deploy ment threshold Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Safety and Security Occupant safety Side impact air bags Window curtain air bags The side window curtain air bags are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold The window curtain air bags fill up the area I l j indicated by the arrows 1 t s POF 60 2701 31 Se P99 60 2702 31 1 Side impact air bags 1 Window curtain air bag The side impact air bags are deployed The side window curtain air bags are de ployed e inimpacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold e in impacts exceeding a preset deploy e onthe impacted side of the vehicle Hu i e independently of the front air bags e onthe impacted side of the vehicle The side impact air bags are not deploy
22. gt Turn exterior lamp switch to position WJ or Bg When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are switched on In low ambient light conditions the fol lowing lamps will switch on additional ly e tail and parking lamps e license plate lamps e side marker lamps For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam head lamps Canada only The daytime running lamp mode is manda tory and therefore in a constant mode When the engine is running and you shift from a driving position to position N or P the low beam headlamps will switch off with a three minute delay When the engine is running and you e turn the exterior lamp switch to position gj the parking lamps switch on additionally e turn the exterior lamp switch to position J the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime run ning lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 395 Controls in detail Lighting USA only By default the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated Activate the daytime run ning lamp mode using the control system see Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 165 When the engine Is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position or the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 395 Locator li
23. matically In vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system you can close the trunk from the inside using the remote trunk lid switch gt Press remote trunk lid switch gt page 104 until the indicator lamp in the switch goes out and trunk lid is closed To interrupt the closing procedure gt Release remote trunk lid switch You can also close the trunk by hand Warning A N Maintain sight of trunk area while operating door mounted switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure release the door mounted remote trunk lid switch Even with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the start er switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk lid switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high in the upper motion sequence the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly Controls
24. partments gt Close lid until both buttons of lock engage Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items Vehicle jack vehicle tool kit luggage bowl spare wheel The spare wheel the vehicle tools and the luggage bowl are stored in the compart ment underneath the trunk floor Q Jack 2 Storage tray with vehicle tool kit 3 Luggage bowl 4 Spare wheel gt Lift up trunk floor cover and engage trunk floor handle in upper edge of trunk You can now remove the tools and ac cessories Practical hints Where will I find T Vehicle jack Storing the vehicle jack in the trunk To prevent damage always disengage o gt Retract the vehicle jack arm to the trunk floor handle from trunk lid and To prepare the vehicle jack for use base of the vehicle jack lower trunk floor before closing the gt Remove the vehicle jack from the spare Push the crank handle up trunk lid wheel well under the trunk floor j p Pci k handi Turn the crank handle counterclock us e crank handle up The vehicle tool kit includes P wise to the end of the stop storage po Turn the crank handle clockwise until it sition gt D e One interchangeable slot Phillips engages operational position screwdriver e One towing eye bolt e One wheel bolt wrench with socket wrench e One alignment bolt e One pair of gloves e One fuse extracto
25. plying brakes to the appropriate wheel and by limiting the engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehicle during braking maneuvers The ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster flashes when the ESP is en gaged The ESP warning lamp in the instru ment cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition gt page 34 It goes out when the engine is running Safety and Security Driving safety systems A Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp flashing in the in strument cluster In this case proceed as fol lows Warning e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents result ing from excessive speed Safety and Security Driving safety systems BH SCTE A Because of the ESP s automatic oper eee S E O E T ation the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent
26. section provides the necessary technical data for your vehicle All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of genuine Mercedes Benz parts required for mainte nance and repair work In addition strate gically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject ed to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed man ufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore genuine Mercedes Benz parts should be installed The use of non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or could compromise the vehicle s dura bility or safety Y Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of Replacement parts and accessories are the warranties printed in the Service and covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Warranty Information booklet Your autho Accessories warranties copies of which rized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange are available at any authorized or repair any defective parts originally in Mercedes Benz Center stalled on the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties New Vehicle Limited Warranty Emission System Warranty Emission Performance Warranty Californ
27. 3 Headlamp cover for Bi Xenon low and high beam or halogen low beam headlamp bulb P62 10 3102 31 4 Bulb socket for fog lamp Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp 6 Electrical connector for high beam halogen headlamp bulb 7 Electrical connector for low beam headlamp bulb Bulb socket for turn signal lamp Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing low beam bulbs Bi Xenon headlamp Warning A N Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We rec ommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Practical hints Replacing bulbs Halogen headlamp gt Press the tab on cover 3 and remove cover Pull connector 7 off of the lamp Release the retaining springs and take out the bulb Insert the new bulb in the socket so that the base is in the recess on the lower left Attach the retaining springs Insert connector 7 into the bulb Press cover 8 onto the housing until the tab engages Replacing halogen high beam bulbs gt Press the tab on cover 2 and remove cover Pull connector 6 off of the bulb Apply pressure on the bulb contacts from above until the bulb releases from the retaining springs Remove bulb Insert the new bulb in the socket with the marking facing upward Press the bulb upward on the co
28. Closing gt Lightly press the mark on the compart ment cover forward The cover closes automatically Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartment in front of arm Storage compartment below the front Opening storage compartment rest armrest gt Press button and lift the armrest lid P i Depending on vehicle model and configu _ MA ration your vehicle is equipped with a stor a be a age compartment below the front armrest The storage compartment can be heat ae f ed or cooled ee The storage compartment below the front CONE AVA Ss armrest is illuminated with the exterior The compartment can get very warm a lamps switched on due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects in the compart ment close the air vent gt page 203 while heating the passenger compart ment The buttons are located under the cushion of the armrest 1 Storage compartment rI Do not obstruct the air vent in the stor l age compartment ag 4 n 1 Button to open storage compartment Closing 2 Button to open storage tray Opening The compartment contains a cup holder gt page 248 gt Lightly touch the chrome label on plate The cover opens automatically gt Lightly push cover plate Q up until it engages Opening storage tray The tray contains a coin holder gt Press button 2 and lift the armrest Do not store any objects under the storag
29. DRIVE TO WORKSHOP appears for approximately ten seconds in the multifunction display a The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satel lites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means Warning A N If the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and or in the Information button do not come on during the system self check or if any of these indicators remain illuminat ed continuously in red and or the message TELE AID MALFUNCTION DRIVE TO WORKSHOP is displayed in the multifunction display af ter the system self check a malfunction in the system has been detected If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as ex pected Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Useful features Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the emergency tensioning devices ETDs or air bags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the interior rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See gt page 256 for instructions on initiating an emergency call manually Once the emerg
30. Extra Load M S amp or 245 45 R18 96H M S 4 2 Rims and tires S 65 AMG 8 Jx19 H2 1 97 in 50 mm 245 40 R19 98V XL Extra Load M S amp Technical data Rims and tires Mixed size tires E Front axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset Summer tires Rear axle AMG light alloy rims Wheel offset Summer tires Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains S 430 S 500 S 600 with Sport Package 8 5 x 18 EH22 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 100Y XL Extra Load or 245 45 R18 96Y 9 J x 18 EH2 1 73 in 44 mm 265 40 R18 101Y XL Extra Load or 265 40 R18 97Y S 55 AMG 8 5 Jx 19 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load or 245 40 ZR192 91 Jx 19 H2 1 81 in 46 mm 275 35 ZR19 100Y XL Extra Load or 275 35 ZR192 S 65 AMG 8 5 Jx 19 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load or 245 40 ZR192 91 Jx 19 H2 2 36 in 60 mm 275 35 ZR19 100Y XL Extra Load or 275 35 ZR192 Spare wheel Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires All season tires Radial ply tires S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC without Sport Package 7 5 Jx 17 H2 2 0 in 51 mm 225 55 R17 97H M S S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC with Sport Package S 600 S 55 AMG 8 Jx 18 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 96Y Technical data Rims and tires S 65 AMG 8 Jx 19
31. Guide tether strap between head re til the system has been repaired straint and top of seat back This vehicle is equipped with tether an chorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo Head restraints must be positioned such tive Corp that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and top of seat back gt Make sure the tether strap is not twist ed P91 40 2439 31 2 Hook 3 Anchorage ring gt Securely fasten hook 2 which is part of the tether strap to anchorage ring For safety reasons make sure hook 2 has attached to ring beyond the safety catch as illustrated Once the top tether anchorage hook is at tached the child restraint itself can be se cured Tighten the top tether strap according to the child restraint manufac turer s instructions gt Reinstall cover after removing the tether strap A Vehicles with adjustable rear seats bench Never adjust the rear seat position after in stalling the child restraint Adjusting the rear seat position after installing the child re straint could damage the child restraint and or introduce undesirable slack into the webbing and loosen or misposition the child restraint lessening the effectiveness of the child restraint and thus increasing the chance or severity of injury in an accident Warning Safety and Security Oc
32. In the glossary of technical terms this symbol is used to in dicate cross references to term definitions DISPLAY Words appearing in the multi function display are printed in the type shown here Introduction Operating safety Warning A N Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are in terconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other sys tems Electronic malfunctions could seri ously impair the operating safety of your vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore nev er turn off the engine while driving Warning A N Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride distur bance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicl
33. Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE 70 Problems While driving 54 With vehicle 17 Product information 9 Production options weight 324 Program mode selector switch 448 Proper use of the vehicle 16 PSI 324 PULSE function Massage function Q Quick search Phone book 123 154 R Radio Selecting satellite radio stations 149 Selecting stations 149 Radio transmitters control and operation 281 468 Range distance to empty Calling up 158 Reading lamps in the front Reading lamps in the rear Rear fog lamp 395 Bulb 395 Switching on Rear lamp bulbs Replacing 399 Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear passenger compartment Adjustable air vents 204 Rear seat head restraints 138 138 134 Folding back with switch 120 Placing upright 121 Rear seats 120 Rearseats 117 Fore and aft adjustment 118 Head restraint folding down or placing upright vehicles with power seat bench 117 Head restraint height Individual seats 117 Passenger seat fore and aft adjustment 119 118 Passenger seat head restraint height 119 Passenger seat height 119 Rear seat head restraints 120 Seat height 118 Setting front passenger seat position from rear 118 Rear side window sunshade 191 Rear view mirror 29 Rear view mirror auto dimming Rear view mirrors see Mirrors Rear window Blocking operation 77 Rear window defroster 201 Activating 201 Deactivating 201 Rear window sunshade 191 Recommended inflation pressure 324
34. Set locator lighting 166 The selection marker is on the current setting Exterior lamps delayed shut off 166 Interior lighting delayed shut off 167 Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only This function is not available in coun tries where the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode gt Move the selection marker with the or EE button to the LIGHT ING submenu gt Press button EAN or eg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display LIGHTING CIRCUIT HEADLAMP MODE The selection marker is on the current setting LIGHTING CIRCUIT HEADLANP NODE MANUAL CONSTANT lt q P 4 37 2630 31 ra Press or SH to select manual or daytime running lamp constant mode This function is not available in countries where daytime running lamps are mandatory With daytime running lamp mode selected and the exterior lamp switch at position 0 the following lamps will come on automat ically when the engine is turned on Parking lamps and low beam head lamps License plate lamps in low ambient light conditions Controls in detail Control system If you turn the exterior lamp switch to another position the corresponding lamp s will switch on For safety reasons resetting the LIGHTING submenu to factory settings page 161 while driving will not re set the daytime running lamp mode In the multifunction display you will
35. SmartKey Check lamp 95 Checking 95 Replacing 392 Batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Checking 101 Battery discharged Jump starting 411 Battery SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Check lamp 101 Replacing 393 Battery vehicle 295 408 Charging 409 Disconnecting 409 Reconnecting 410 Reinstalling 409 Removing 409 Bead 323 Bi Xenon headlamps 444 Block heater Canada only 328 Blocking Rear window operation 77 Brake assist system BAS 444 Brake fluid 285 437 Brake lamp bulbs 395 Brake lamp high mounted 395 Brake pads Message in display 361 Brakes 274 High performance brake system S 65 AMG only 275 Warning lamp 341 Break in period 272 Bulbs replacing 394 Additional turn signals Backup lamps 395 Brake lamps 395 Foglamps 395 Frontlamps 395 High beam 395 395 High mounted brake lamp 395 License plate lamps 395 400 Low beam 395 Parking and standing lamps Parking lamps 395 399 Rear fog lamp 395 400 Rear fog lamps 399 Side marker lamps 395 399 Standing lamps 395 399 Tail lamp assemblies 395 Tail lamp unit 400 Turn signallamps 395 C CAC Customer Assistance Center Call priority Tele Aid 260 395 444 Calling up Distronic settings 156 Maintenance service indicator Range distance to empty 158 CAN system 444 Canceling Cruise control 216 Cargo tie down hooks 240 Catalytic converter 282 CD changer 151 CD mode 151 CD operation Selecting tracks Center console 27 Air bag off indicator lamp
36. The cushion is automatically adjusted to this setting when the engine is re started Controls in detail Seats Seat heating gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 SS The system switches over to normal heating mode after approximately gt Press switch 1 five minutes Only the right hand indi cator lamp remains lit Vehicles without seat ventilation Switching on seat heating The switches are located on the door A red indicator lamp above the switch comes on Switching off rapid seat heating mode Switching off seat heating gt Press switch 2 again gt Press switch Q again Both indicator lamps above the switch The indicator lamp above the switch go out l oes out j O 6L 8 Jana i If one or both of the lamps on the seat The seat heating will be automatically heating switch are flashing there is in Normal heating l sufficient voltage available since too i switched off after approximately 8 2 Rapid heating ee many electrical consumers are turned The red indicator lamps above the switch on The seat heating switches off auto es show the heating level selected matically Switching on rapid seat heating The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi off No indicator lamp on Both red indicator lamps above the cient voltage is available switch come on Level gt Press switch 2 1 One left indicator lamp on 2 Two right indicator la
37. Tilt sliding sunroof 214 T Tachometer 142 Overspeed range 142 Tachometer display Displaying gear range 178 Tail lamps Cleaning 334 Replacing bulbs 395 400 Tar stains 333 Tele Aid 254 Call priority 260 Emergency calls 255 Information 259 Initiating an emergency call manually 256 Messages in display 374 Remote door unlock 261 Roadside assistance 257 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 262 System self check 255 Tele Aid System 254 Tele Aid button 29 Tele Aid System 448 TeleAid Messages in display 374 Telematics 449 Telephone holder Storage compartment in front of armrest 245 Telephone 253 Answering a call 154 Dialing a number from the phone book 154 Ending a call 154 Hands free microphone 29 Loading phone book 154 Messages in display 374 Operating 153 Redialing 155 Temperature Display mode 163 Setting units in display 163 Tires 307 Tie down hooks Trunk 240 Tightening torque 449 Tightening torque Wheel bolts 407 Tilt sliding sunroof Stopping 214 synchronizing 214 TIN 325 Tire Vehicle maximum load on 325 Tire and Loading Information 301 Tire and loading terminology 323 Tire care and maintenance 298 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure Checking 286 306 308 Setting units 164 Tire inflation pressure see the placard on the fuel filler flap Tire inspection 298 Tire load rating 325 Tire ply composition and material used 325 Tire speed rating 278 315 325 Tire terminology
38. To keep battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The de froster is automatically deactivated after approximately 6 to 17 minutes of opera tion depending on the outside tempera ture Activating gt Press button all gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button comes On Deactivating gt Press button Rajj gt page 193 again The indicator lamp on the button goes out A Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driv ing Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others Warning Controls in detail Automatic climate control If the rear window defroster switches off too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing this means that too many electrical consumers are operat ing simultaneously and there is insuffi cient voltage in the battery The system responds automatically by deactivating the rear window defroster As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster au tomatically turns itself back on Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator Condensation may drip out from under neath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Deactivating It is possible to deactivate
39. Underinflated tires Baca wear excessively and or unevenly adverse 1 Maximum permissible tire inflation ly affect handling and fuel economy and are pressure more likely to fail from being overheated i Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road de bris potholes etc For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire Warning A N Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance 1 Treadwear 2 Traction 3 Temperature resistance For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the w
40. Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury The switches are located on the upper part of the front center console c a a F D mm Ea 1 Central locking switch 2 Central unlocking switch Peo 20 z512i Locking gt Press central locking switch Q If the front passenger door is closed the vehicle locks Unlocking gt Press central unlocking switch The vehicle unlocks Controls in detail Locking and unlocking You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with the SmartKey or the with KEYLESS G it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch 2 If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch 1 While in the global remote control mode the vehicle is unlocked com pletely when a door is opened from the inside While in the selective remote con trol mode only the door opened from inside is unlocked Controls in detail Seats For more information on seat adjustment see Adjusting gt page 37 Easy entry exit feature This feature allows for easier entry into and exit from the vehicle The easy entry exit feature can be activat ed or deactivated in the CONVENIENCE sub menu of the control system gt page 170 Warning A N You must make sure no one
41. What to do if Text messages Display Possible cause Possible solution ABC ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The capability of the ABC system is restrict Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h DRIVE CAREFULLY ed This can impair the handling gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The vehicle is losing oil gt Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do SO ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The vehicle is parked on an extremely gt Press the vehicle level control button to se STOP CAR TOO LOW uneven surface and or is heavily laden lect level 2 gt page 233 You can continue to drive if the vehicle raised and the message disappears gt Set the desired vehicle level using the vehicle level control button Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution ABC ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC is malfunctioning gt STOP CAR TOO LOW gt ABC DISPLAY DEFECTIVE The display for ABC or the ABC system itself gt VISIT WORKSHOP is malfunctioning ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The capability of the ABC system is restrict gt VISIT WORKSHOP ed gt Stop and press the vehicle level control but ton to select a higher vehicle level gt page 233 If the vehicle is not raised observe the fol lowing when you continue to drive gt Do not turn steering wheel too far to avoid damaging the front fenders Listen for scraping noises Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km
42. dure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held trans mitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 Step 3 gt Hold the end of the hand held remote control transmitter 6 of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 in 5 to 12 cm away from the surface of the integrated remote control locat ed on the interior rear view mirror keeping the indicator lamp Q in view Step 4 gt Using both hands simultaneously press the hand held transmitter button and the desired integrated signal transmitter button or 4 Do not release the buttons until completing step 5 The indicator lamp Q on the integrat ed remote control will flash first slowly and then rapidly Controls in detail Useful features The indicator lamp Q flashes the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will only start flashing after 20 sec onds Step 5 gt When the indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly release both buttons Step 6 gt Press and hold the just trained inte grated signal transmitter button and observe the indicator lamp Q If the indicator lamp Q stays on con stantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the integrated signal
43. e Press button or on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the ve hicle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Front doors gt Pull on door handle 2 on the respec tive front door to open door If door was locked locking knob Q will move up Rear doors gt Pull up locking knob on the respec tive rear door to unlock door gt Pull on door handle 2 on the respec tive rear door to open door Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the trunk Opening the trunk from the outside A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid The trunk lid release button is located in the rear license plate recess P54 25 2922 31 C Trunk lid release button In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The ve hicle must be unlocked gt Press the outer left hand side of trunk lid button Q The trunk lid opens Controls in detail Locking and unlocking T Opening the trunk from the inside T The trunk lid swings open upwards au You can open the trunk from the inside if The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure that the vehicle is stationary tomatically Always make sure that there is sufficient overhead clearance n there is sufficient overhead cle
44. for details Air bags are designed to activate only in certain frontal front air bags im pacts side impacts side impact and head protection window curtain air bags which exceed preset thresh olds and in certain rollovers head pro tection window curtain air bags Only during these events will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should al ways wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for air bags to provide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not be activat ed The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A proper ly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Safety and Security Occupant safety We caution you not to rely on the pres ence of the air bags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt Your vehicle was originally equipped with air bags that are designed to acti vate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the poten tial and severity of injury It is important for your safety and that of your passen gers that you replace deployed air bags and repair any malfunctioning air bags to make sure the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protec tion for occupants Safety and Security Occupant safety Safety gui
45. gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG The tachometer of the S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG does not have a red marking de noting excessive engine speed To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated at an excessive engine speed Outside temperature indicator A The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Warning Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The outside temperature is displayed in the instrument cluster gt page 24 For in formation on how to select the unit of the displayed temperature i e degrees Celsius C or degrees Fahrenheit F see Selecting temperature display mode gt page 163 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving There fore the accuracy of the displayed temper ature can only be verified by comparison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc When moving the vehicle
46. gt page 77 1 Front passenger seat adjustment 2 Right rear passenger seat adjustment 3 Seat height 4 Head restraint height Backrest tilt H 6 Seat fore and aft adjustment Do not move the front passenger seat completely forward if objects are stored in the parcel net in the front pas senger side footwell Items in the net may be damaged Passenger seat head restraint height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow 4 gt D gt D Controls in detail Seats Warning A N For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Rear seat head restraints The rear head restraints cannot be re moved Folding head restraints back The rear seat head restraints and the rear seat power head restraints can be folded backward for increased visibility The switch is located on the upper part of the front center console ee lt Je 2 54 25 3470 aea ie W k 4 j i i i i i i C3 om e 1 Switch in the front center console Switch on the ignition gt page 3
47. in the meantime This does not apply if after starting the gear selector lever is still in position P and the SmartKey is then inserted in the starter switch The SmartKey will then have priority over the KEYLESS GO function and the vehicle s electrical system will operate accord ing to the position of the SmartKey in the starter switch even stopping the engine If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is positioned farther away from the vehi cle the system may no longer recog nize the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The vehicle then cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is re moved from the vehicle while the igni tion is switched on e g if passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO the message KEY NOT RECOGNIZED will appear in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO that is left inside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message KEY STILL IN VERIGLE will appear in the multifunction display Factory setting Global unlocking gt Grasp an outside door handle All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti
48. ited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure that the jumper ca bles are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or running Practical hints Jump starting Avoid repeated and lengthy starting at tempts Do not attempt to start the engine us ing a battery quick charge unit If engine does not run after several un successful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery Do not tow start the vehicle Practical hints Jump starting Never invert the terminal connections Warning A N Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke gt Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 408 gt Connect negative terminals 2 and of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery first The battery is located on the right side of the trunk under the battery cover Ne
49. port The seat backrest cushion height and cur vature can be adjusted with switches on the right side of the seat after turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 twice Controls in detail Seats The switches for the driver and front pas Lumbar region support Massage function PULSE it ATE CATER ONANGNING SIGEAN ee Brees Bed o E on rocker You can reduce muscle tension during long Pea switch trips by periodically using the massage gt This selects the air cushion you wish to umeua D adjust gt Press button b gt Press or E on rocker The indicator lamp on button G comes switch 4 on The air cushions in the lumbar re i The air cushion inflates or deflates evn se E E A A Side bolsters adjustment ce J The massage function switches off au Paeses B Adjust the side bolsters so that they tomatically after approximately 1 Shoulder region support provide good lateral support using eight minutes The indicator lamp ex 2 Side bolster adjustment switch 2 tinguishes 3 Massage function PULSE 4 Lumbar region support When the engine is turned off the last cushion setting is retained in memory and the cushion is automatically ad justed to this setting when the engine gt Press or E on switch is restarted The air cushion inflates or deflates gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Shoulder region suppo
50. s door lock until it stops gt Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to position Q The driver s door is unlocked Unlocking the trunk A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid The trunk lid lock is located next to the handle above the rear license plate recess P80 00 2075 31 1 Unlocking and opening gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock until it stops Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency gt Turn the mechanical key counterclock pb If necessary push them down manual wise to position Q ly The trunk opens Except for the driver s door the vehicle E should now be locked T The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always make sure that there is sufficient overhead clearance gt Turn the mechanical key back and re move it from the trunk lid lock Locking the vehicle If you cannot lock the vehicle with the Locking SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO do the following gt Remove the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 388 gt Close the front passenger door the sear daarsand terad gt Insert the mechanical key into the driv er s door lock until it stops gt Press the central locking switch in the center console gt page 113 gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 1 gt Check to see whether the locking The driver s door is
51. steps you need to observe fh gt 2p Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with clean water and seek medical help if necessary Operation Engine compartment Wear eye protection N Keep children away Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual Operation Engine compartment Windshield washer system and During all seasons add MB Windshield T headlamp cleaning system Washer Concentrate S to water Premix Only use washer fluid which is suitable the windshield washer fluid in a suitable The windshield washer reservoir is located container in the engine compartment for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield the headlamps Washer Concentrate and water or commercially available premixed wind For more information see Windshield and shield washer solvent antifreeze de headlamp washer system gt page 442 pending on
52. street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result Ultrasonic signals from outside sourc es e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the opera tion of the Parktronic system Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no long er be indicated by the system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the rel ative distance between the sensors and an obstacle The warning indicators for the front area are located above the left air vents and center air vents in the dash board The warning indicator for the rear area is integrated in the rear trim A P4 65 2635 31 Left side of the vehicle z SS side of the vehicle Each warning indicator is divided into six yellow and two red distance segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready when the border around the indicator is illuminated The position of the gear selector lever de termines which warning indicators will be activated Gear selector lever position Warning indicator D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated P Nei
53. 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Step 5 gt Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 Operation Tires and wheels Step 6 if applicable gt If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 305 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configura tions and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 lbs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s placard gt page 301 Operation Tires and wheels Example Combined Numberof Seating weight limit occupants configura of occu driver and tion pants and passengers cargo from placard 1 1500 Ibs 5 front 2 rear 3 2 1500 Ibs 3 front 1 rear 2 3 1500 Ibs 1 front 1 The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt p
54. 22 444 Cockpit management and data system COMAND 444 Cold tire inflation pressure 323 COMAND 444 COMAND see separate operating instruc tions Combination switch 135 High beam 50 High beam flasher 135 Turn signals 51 Windshield wipers 52 Control and operation of radio transmitters 281 Control system 143 444 AUDIO menu 148 Checking oillevel 289 Convenience submenu 169 Display digital speedometer 148 Distronic menu 156 Functions 145 147 Instrument cluster submenu 163 Lighting submenu 164 Menus 146 147 Multifunction display 143 Multifunction steering wheel 144 NAVI menu 155 Settings menu 160 Standard display menu 148 Submenus 145 147 TEL menu 153 Trip computer menu 157 Vehicle status message memory menu 159 Vehicle submenu 168 Convenience submenu 169 Activating easy entry exit feature 170 Adjusting drive dynamic seat Setting key dependency 169 Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror 170 172 Coolant 294 Adding 294 Checking level 294 Messages indisplay 362 363 Temperature 283 Temperature gauge 141 Warning lamp 363 Coolant level Checking 294 Coolant temperature gauge 25 Courtesy lighting 139 Cruise control 215 444 Canceling 216 Driving downhill 216 Driving uphill 216 Fine adjustment 217 Lever 222 Setting current speed 216 Setting to last stored speed Resume function 217 Cruise control lever 215 Cup holder Cleaning 337 Closing 249 In front se
55. 323 Tire traction 278 Tires 297 Direction of rotation 300 Driving instructions 277 Messages in display 376 383 Retreads 297 Rotating 326 Service life 298 Temperature 307 322 Tire inflation pressure monitor warning lamp 346 Tread depth 299 327 Wear pattern 326 Winter 327 Tools 384 Tow away alarm 88 Arming 88 Canceling alarm 89 Disarming 88 Disarming for transport 88 Towing eye bolt vehicle tool kit 385 Installing 415 Towing the vehicle 413 Traction 179 325 Transmission see Automatic transmission 293 Tread 325 Tread depth 299 Tread depth tires 327 Treadwear indicators 325 Trip computer 157 Trip odometer Resetting 141 Trunk Auxiliary fuse box 417 Closing 105 Closing from the inside automatically 105 Lighting 138 139 Lock button KEYLESS GO 101 Message in display 375 Opening 103 Opening from inside vehicle 104 Opening with SmartKey 95 Parcel net 247 Tie down hooks 240 Trunk lid 103 105 Trunk lock 389 Unlocking with SmartKey 95 Unlocking with SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 102 Trunk lid Limiting opening height 105 Trunk lid emergency release 111 Trunk lid opening closing system 105 107 108 Turn signal lamps Replacing bulbs 395 Turn signals 51 Additional in mirrors 395 Cleaning lenses 334 Front bulbs 395 398 Rear bulbs 395 400 Turning off Engine 57 Turning off the engine 57 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 325 Units Setting speedometer units 163 Setting temperature units 163 Unlock
56. 348 Front passenger front air bag off indica tor lamp 348 Lighter 250 Centigrade C Setting temperature units Central locking 330 150 163 Automatic 112 From inside 113 Switch 113 Switching on off control system 168 Unlocking from inside 113 Change of address or ownership 12 Changing CDs 151 SmartKey setting 169 Vehicle level 231 234 Charcoal filter 200 Activating 200 Deactivating 200 Charging Vehicle battery 409 Checking Brake fluid 285 Coolant level 294 Oil level 286 288 Oil level via control system 289 Tire inflate pressure 286 Vehicle lighting 286 Child safety 71 Air bags 62 Infant and child restraint systems 71 LATCH child seat anchors 75 Cigarette lighter 250 Cleaning Cup holder 337 Distronic system sensor cover 335 Engine 334 Gear selector lever 337 Hard plastic trim items 337 Headlamps 186 Headliner and shelf below rear window 337 Instrument cluster 337 Leather upholstery 338 Light alloy wheels 337 Ornamental moldings 334 Paintwork 333 Parktronic system sensor 335 Plastic and rubber parts 338 Seat belts 337 Steering wheel 337 Upholstery 338 Windows 336 Windshield 53 Wiper blades 335 Wood trims 338 Cleaning tires 299 Clock 25 Closing 58 Cup holder 249 Glove box 243 Hood 288 Power tilt sliding sunroof 212 Power windows 208 209 Side windows 209 Trunk 105 Closing from the inside automatically Trunk 105 Closing in an emergency Power tilt sliding sunroof 391 Cockpit
57. 40 and gt page 193 to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small incre ments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C Increasing decreasing gt Press button 0 or 8 repeatedly until the display shows the desired tempera ture The automatic climate control system will correspondingly adjust the interior air temperature Adjusting the temperature for center air vents When outside temperatures are low you can manually raise the air temperature for the center and side air vents The thumbwheel is located between the center air vents gt page 192 Controls in detail Automatic climate control Automatic temperature control gt Turn thumbwheel to A The indicator lamp above the thumb wheel comes on The temperature is automatically adjusted to the set value Turning on warm air gt Turn thumbwheel in the direction of the white marking Warm air will enter from the center air vent Turning on cooler air gt Turn thumbwheel in the direction of the blue marking Cooler air will enter from the center air vent Controls in detail Automatic climate control Adjusting air distribution Use air distribution controls 2 and gt page 193 to separately adjust the air distribution on each side of the passenger compartment The following symbols are found on the controls
58. 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 0 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 302 hp 5600 rpm 225 kW 5600 rpm 339 Ib ft 2700 4250 rpm 460 Nm 2700 4250 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2380 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 2 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt Technical data S 55 AMG 220 174 S 600 220 176 113 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injec 4 stroke engine gasoline injec tion tion 8 12 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 62 in 92 00 mm 3 43 in 87 00 mm 331 8 cu in 5439 cm 336 4 cu in 5513 cm 9 1 9 1 493 hp 6100 rpm 493 hp 5000 rpm 368 kW 6100 rpm 368 kW 5000 rpm 516 Ib ft 2750 4000 rpm 590 Ib ft 1800 3500 rpm 700 Nm 2750 4000 rpm 800 Nm 1800 3500 rpm 3 23 in 82 00 mm 6500 rpm 9950 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 1 1 4 9 Belt one 1289 mm 2335 mm Belt two 2462 mm Engine S 65 AMG 220 179 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injec tion 12 3 25 in 82 60 mm 3 66 in 93 00 mm 364 9 cu in 5980 cm 9 1 603 hp 4800 5100 rpm 450 kW 4800 5100 rpm 738 b ft 2000 400
59. A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be estab lished Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to yOu For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you sep arately to learn more USA only The indicator lamp on the Information button remains illuminated in red for approximately ten seconds during the system self check after switching on the ignition together with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button Faq Controls in detail Useful features See system self check gt page 255 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately ten seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is illuminated continuous ly and no voice connection to the Re sponse Center was established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not avail able The message CALL FAILED ap pears in the multifunction display Information calls can be terminated us ing the button on the multifunc tion steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND head unit Controls in detail Useful features If the indicator lamps do
60. C see above you can use M for manual operation PSI Pounds per square inch gt page 324 Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 324 REST Residual engine heat utilization Feature that uses the engine heat stored in the coolant to heat the vehi cle interior for a short time after the en gine has been turned off Restraint systems Seat belts belt tensioners air bags and child restraint systems As inde pendent systems their protective func tions complement one another Rim gt page 324 RON Research Octane Number The Research Octane Number for gaso line as determined by a standardized method It is an indication of a gaso line s ability to resist undesired detona tion knocking The average of both the gt MON Motor Octane Number and RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as AN TI KNOCK INDEX Shift lock When the vehicle is parked this lock prevents the transmission selector le ver from being inadvertently moved out of position P without the SmartKey turned and the brake pedal depressed Sidewall gt page 324 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Seat belts emergency tensioning de vice and air bags Though independent systems they are closely interfaced to provide effective occupant protection Tele Aid System Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and man ual emergenc
61. Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charg ing and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury Warning An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available permitting the charging of the bat tery in its installed position Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instruc tions for the accessory battery charger Practical hints Battery Reconnecting the battery i The following procedures must be car gt Turn off all electrical consumers l l ried out following any interruption of gt Connect the positive lead and fasten its battery power e g due to reconnect cover 2 ing gt Connect negative lead 3 e Set the clock see COMAND opera tor s manual e Synchronize the ESP gt page 356 Never invert the terminal connections T e Synchronize side windows The battery its filler caps and the vent page 210 tube must always be securely installed e Synchronize tilt sliding sunroof when the vehicle is in operation gt page 214 Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Re
62. O changing a wheel The wheels could come Do not activate the tire inflation pres loose if they are not tightened to a torque of ae montor until the depressurized gt Remove the jack 110 Ib ft 150 Nm tire is no longer in the vehicle terclockwise until vehicle is resting ful ly on its own weight Practical hints Battery Warning A N Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Warning A N Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof battery only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident 408 Never loosen or detach battery termi nal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be se verely damaged Have the battery checked regularly by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for main tenance intervals or contact an autho rized
63. P54 25 2913 31 Exterior lamp switch 1 Off 2 Low beam headlamps on gt Turn the switch to ey The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 131 High beam The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column he nm 2 pe DM pie Combination switch C High beam 2 High beam flasher Getting started Driving gt Push combination switch in the direc Turn signals gt Press the combination switch up Q or tion of arrow Q down 2 Th inati itch is th E The high beam headlamps are switched i arot A EOE The corresponding turn signal indicator left of the steering column on z Asaa lamp EN or ISM flashes in the in The high beam headlamp A t ae strument cluster gt page 24 indicator in the tachometer y comes on The combination switch resets automati cally after major steering wheel move ments To signal minor directional changes e g passing or changing lanes move combination switch to point of resis tance only and release The turn signal flashes three times For more information see Lighting gt page 131 Set yy whence id Combination switch 1 Turn signals right 2 Turn signals left Getting started Driving Windshield wipers T Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry Dust that accumu o i lates
64. Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button a In the multifunction display you will see the collection of the submenus SETTINGS INST CLUS i L I GHT I HG g JEH I CLE CONVEN ENCE P54 32 2786 31 gt Press button E or ES The selection marker moves to the next submenu The submenus are arranged by hierarchy Scroll down with the J button scroll up with the button With the selection marker on the desired submenu use the MM button to access the individual functions within that sub menu Once within the submenu you can use the button EAN to move to the next function or the button Kg to move to the previous function within that submenu The settings themselves are made with button ES or Controls in detail Control system Resetting the functions of a submenu For each submenu you can reset all the functions to the factory settings gt Move to a function in the submenu gt Press the reset button gt page 140 for approximately three seconds In the multifunction display you will see the request to press the reset button again to confirm gt Press the reset button again All functions of the submenu will reset to factory settings Controls in detail Control system The table below shows what settings can be changed within the various menus De tailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pag es INSTRUMENT CL
65. Symbol Function ma Directs air through the cen ter air vents A Directs air to the windows E Directs air into the entire vehicle interior Z Directs air to the footwells Adjusting manually gt Press left or right button Big The button By will pop out The button emerges and the mm ES EN anc BAD symbols become visible gt Turn the marking on the regulator to the desired symbol The air will be directed to the vents cor responding to this symbol Adjusting automatically gt Press left or right button WA until it clicks in The ma ES WAM and BA sym bols are no longer visible The air distribution is adjusted auto matically Windows fogged on the inside gt Press button to switch on the air conditioning gt page 193 The indicator lamp in the button goes out gt Press button to switch off the air recirculation gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button goes out gt Make sure left and right button Mg emerges The ma ES WA and BA sym bols become visible Press left and right button ENE Set blower to the maximum speed Adjust left and right air vents 4 and 7 upwards gt page 192 vv iv vy Increase temperature setting vy Open side air vents 9 and direct them onto the side windows gt page 192 Windshield fogged on the outside gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 52 gt Press on both buttons g until they click i
66. System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its au thorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or mal functions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable number of repair attempts During the pe riod of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approx 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair at tempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following oc curs 1 the same substantial defect or mal function results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that de fect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or mal function of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more
67. The SOS button will flash and the mes sage CALL CONNECTED will appear in the multifunction display to indicate re ceipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Re sponse Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the ve hicle occupants If the trunk lid button was pressed for more than 20 seconds before door un lock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pressing the trunk lid button again Controls in detail Useful features Stolen Vehicle Recovery services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center along with your password issued to you when you subscribed to the service The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement When the anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call is initiated automat ically to the Response Center See anti theft alarm system gt page 86 and tow away alarm gt page 88 Garage door opener E The built in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled devices for
68. The selection marker is on the current setting MIRROR SETTING WHEN PARE ING ON se OFF q P54 32 2033 31 gt Press or E to switch function ON or OFF Depending on vehicle production date this feature has been deactivated at the facto ry If deactivated the screen shown above does not appear in the multifunction dis play To have this feature activated and ap pear in the multifunction display contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Without this screen appearing and set to ON the rear view mirror parking position feature gt page 187 is not available Adjusting drive dynamic seats Use this function to adjust the settings for the drive dynamic seat gt page 124 gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the CONVENIENCE submenu gt To adjust the drive dynamic seat press button JA or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the multifunc tion display The selection marker is on the current setting DRIUV DYN SEAT ADJ DRIVER a LEVEL 1 E LEVEL 2 P54 32 2634 31 Message for the driver s seat Controls in detail Control system Message for the front passenger seat DRIV DYN SEAT ADJ FRONT PASSENGER LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 gt Press button or E to select the desired setting The following settings are available EEE Sporty Strong lateral sup port and fast air pressure build up in the air chambers of the backrest side bolsters E
69. again as that will be necessary to adequately con trol the towed vehicle locked in position P and the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged See information on the battery page 408 or on jump starting gt page 411 Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make sure the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground please note the follow ing With the automatic central locking acti vated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 or KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 in position 2 the vehicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more Switch off the tow away alarm gt page 88 To prevent the vehicle doors from lock ing deactivate the automatic central locking gt page 112 Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed tow ing eye bolt Never attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts Installing towing eye bolt nn 1 Cover on right side of front bumper 2 Cover on right side of rear bumper P88 20 2279 31 Practical hints Towing the vehicle Removing cover gt Press mark on cover in the direction of arrow Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for towing eye bolt
70. air vent in the stor age compartment The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects in the compart ment close the air vent while heating the passenger compartment Controls in detail Automatic climate control Rear passenger compartment adjust To open center air vents and to adjust the able air vents booster blower gt Turn thumbwheel G The booster blower allows air volume speed to the rear passenger compart ment to be increased at four different levels Rear center console air vents The temperature at the air vents for rear passenger compartment 1 and 2 is the same as at the dashboard center air vents _ SS a N 1 Left center air vent adjustable 2 Right center air vent adjustable 3 Thumbwheel for center air vents with adjustable booster blower Rear side air vents 4 Rear side air vent right and left Air volume control for rear side air vent To open rear side air vents gt Turn thumbwheel towards the win dow Rear passenger compartment climate E control 7 When the rear seats are not occupied rear seat belts unbuckled the rear cli mate control system adopts the set tings of the front climate control system The automatic climate control is operation al whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in ei ther the automatic or manual
71. ambient temperatures Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could re sult in damage to the washer sys tem reservolr mA 1 Washer fluid reservoir Fluid for the windshield washer system and Warning A the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the windshield washer reservoir It Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma has a capacity of approximately ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite e 3 2 US qt 3 0 I in vehicles without and burn You could be seriously burned headlamp cleaning system e 7 1 US qt 6 7 I in vehicles with head lamp cleaning system or heated reser voir Vv Tires and wheels See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase Warning A N Replace rims or tires with the same designa tion manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted e The wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged e The operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct Warning A N Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires
72. and the exterior lamp switch is in position EJ before the en gine is turned off the following lamps will remain lit when the engine is turned off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Front fog lamps You can reactivate this function within ten minutes by opening a door If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically switch off after 60 seconds To activate night security illumination gt Select delayed switch off period see below gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position W9 before turning off the en gine To select delayed switch off period gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the LIGHT ING submenu gt Press button EA or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH OFF The selection marker is on the current setting HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH OFF SEI 60 SEC 45 SEC 30 SEC 15 SEC T a P54 32 2770 31 gt Press or E to select the de sired lamp on period You can select e 0 SEC the delayed switch off fea ture is deactivated 15 SEC 30 SEC 45 SEC or 60 SEC the delayed switch off fea ture is activated You can temporarily deactivate the de layed switch off feature gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 Controls in detail Cont
73. button SmartKey 92 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 96 Trunk lid 96 Unlocking 32 92 Driver s door in an emergency 388 Fuel filler flap 284 Global 94 Global SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 99 Glove box 243 Inanemergency 388 Selective settings 94 100 Trunk lid 96 Trunk lid with SmartKey 95 Trunk lid with SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 102 Vehicle in an emergency 261 With the SmartKey 32 With the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 33 96 Uphill driving Cruise control 216 Upholstery Cleaning 338 Upshifting 180 Useful features 241 Vehicle care 332 Vehicle data recording 19 Ashtrays 249 Cup holder 337 Vehicle level 230 233 Cigarette lighter 250 Distronic system sensor cover 335 Changing 231 234 Document holder 241 Engine cleaning 334 Setting 231 234 Garage door opener 263 Gear selector lever 337 Automatic 231 234 Heated steering wheel 252 Hard plastic trim items 337 Manual 231 234 Storage compartments 242 Headlamps 334 Vehicle level control 449 Tele Aid 254 Instrument cluster 337 Vehicle lighting Telephone 253 Leather upholstery 338 Checking 286 Vanity mirror in the rear 242 Light alloy wheels 337 Vehicle loading terminology 323 Vanity mirror inthe sun visor 241 Ornamental moldings 334 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 325 v Paintwork 333 Vehicle status message memory 159 Vacuum line routing diagram label 422 PATROM e EnS aay I P bee l l Plastic and rubber parts 338 Displaying 159 Vanity mirror in the rear 242 vanin i
74. can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur gt page 391 You can also open or close the tilt slid ing sunroof using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 210 and Convenience clos ing feature gt page 211 You can close and reopen the tilt slid ing sunroof using the air recirculation button or the charcoal filter button Es in the climate control pan el gt page 193 With the SmartKey in starter switch po sition O or removed from the starter switch the tilt sliding sunroof can be operated e until you open the driver s or pas senger door e for up to approximately five min utes gt Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof gt To open close raise or lower the tilt sliding sunroof move the switch to resistance point in the required direction to Release the sunroof switch when the tilt sliding sunroof has reached the de sired position Fully opening Express open and clos ing Express close the power the tilt sliding sunroof gt To open close raise or lower the tilt sliding sunroof move the switch past the resistance point in the re quired direction G to and release The tilt sliding sunroof opens or closes completely gt gt Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof The se
75. can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel and driver s seat when the easy en try exit feature is activated To cancel seat steering wheel movement do one of the following e Press seat adjustment switch gt page 38 e Move steering column stalk gt page 40 e Press one of the memory position but tons gt page 129 Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury When exiting the vehicle with the easy en try exit feature activated and depending on your selection the steering wheel tilts upwards and or the driver s seat moves a few inches to the rear when you e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 in position 1 If the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated If the current seat position falls into a factory set position range and the sys tem recognizes the current seat posi tion to be rearward enough for easy entry and exit the driver s seat will not move to the rear when the easy entry exit fea
76. can disable the following functions in the rear passenger compartment e rear door window operation gt page 208 e adjustment of front passenger seat from the rear gt page 118 e cigarette lighter in rear gt page 251 The override switch is located on the driv er s door P54 25 3189 31 1 Override switch Activating override switch gt Slide override switch to the right A dot becomes visible The functions in the rear are disabled AN Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle Warning Safety and Security Occupant safety The children may otherwise injure them selves e g by becoming trapped in the win dow opening When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children un attended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Operation of the rear door windows with the switches located in the driver s door is still possible Deactivating override switch gt Slide override switch Q to the left The functions in the rear are enabled again Safety and Security Panic alarm An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate for approximately 2 minutes P80 35 2088 3 butt
77. display Please refer to separate COMAND operat ing instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Controls in detail Control system Distronic menu Use the DISTRONIC menu to display the current settings for your Distronic system What information is shown in the display depends on whether the Distronic system is active or inactive Please refer to the Driving systems sec tion of this manual gt page 218 for in structions on how to activate Distronic gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following two pictures in the display Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the display a 1 4 200 150 OFT P54 30 6335 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Symbol for activated distance warning function Your vehicle Distronic activated When you activate Distronic you will see the set speed for about five seconds in the Distronic display The following display then appears o a ST OFT P54 30 6336 31 DISTRONIC 1 Distronic activated Trip computer menu Use the trip computer menu to call up sta tistical data on your vehicle The following information is available Function Page Fuel consumption statistics after 157 start Fuel consumption statistics 158 since last reset Resetting fuel consumpti
78. down and the mirror lamp comes on Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy Closing the vanity mirror objects Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident gt Push the vanity mirror up until it engag es in place Glove box E 7 7 m ao E hi O ro aii j nf Unlocked 2 Locked 3 Glove box lid release Locking the glove box gt Insert mechanical key gt page 388 into the glove box lock Turn the mechanical key to position 2 Unlocking the glove box gt Insert mechanical key gt page 388 into the glove box lock gt Turn the mechanical key to position Q Opening the glove box gt Press glove box lid release The glove box lid opens downward Closing the glove box gt Push lid up to close a Storage compartment in the glove box A storage compartment is located in the cover of the glove box It can be used to store check cards pens a flashlight etc 1 Storage compartment in glove box gt Lightly press the marking on the lid of storage compartment Q The lid opens upward Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartment in the center console The storage compartment is located on the lower part of the front center console 1 Storage compartment Opening gt Slide the chrome label on compart ment cover Q forward
79. emergency release button If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 254 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Arming the alarm system The indicator lamp located in the central locking switch in on the upper part of the front center console 1 Indicator lamp Lock your vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the alarm system Is ac tivated The indicator lamp Q flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed If the turn signal lamps does not flash three times one of the following ele ments may not be properly closed e a door e the trunk Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again Disarming the alarm system gt Unlock your vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to in dicate that the alarm system Is dis armed The alarm system will rearm automati cally again after approximately 40 sec onds if no door was opened Canceling the alarm To cancel the alarm With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the or button on the SmartKey The alarm is canceled Safety and Security Anti theft systems With KEYLESS GO gt Grasp
80. engine is cranked manually gt gt Closing A Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Warning gt Let the hood drop from a height of ap proximately 1 ft 30 cm The hood will lock audibly gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Engine oil The amount of oil your engine needs will depend on a number of factors including driving style Higher oil consumption can occur when e the vehicle is new e the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period Do not use any special lubricant addi tives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty More information on this subject is available at any Mercedes Benz Center Checking the engine oil level with the control system When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e with the engine at operating tempera ture the vehicle must have been sta tionary for at least five minutes with the engine turned off e with the engine not at operating tem perature yet the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine t
81. for the automatic selected the braking effect of the engine Halen estan Operate wii Effect 2 The transmission shifts through Gear selector lever gt page 180 second gear only You can limit the gear range by pressing 6 The transmission shifts through i the gear selector lever to the left D and sixth gear only applies to ols eUS el Ten reverse the gear range limit by pressing vehicles with 7 speed automatic Baldra porre vuei Giwi the gear selector lever to the right D transmission only e on steep downgrades Steering wheel gearshift control BE The transmission shifts through e in mountainous regions S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG only fifth gear only applies to 5 adler Sirane opereting gt page 181 vehicles with 7 speed automatic ee You can limit the gear range by pressing transmission only the downshift button on the steeringwheel EE The transmission shifts through EN The transmission operates in gearshift control and reverse the gear fourth gear only first gear only range limit by pressing the upshift button For maximum use of engine s on the steering wheel gearshift control braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Automatic shift program The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console lt a i Se p27 1 Program mode selector switch C Comfort S Sport For comfort driving For standard driving The current gear selector lever position an
82. for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being ar ranged in a circular pattern e lf you press button or repeatedly you will pass through each menu one after the other e If you press button R or Ba repeatedly you will pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu Controls in detail Control system In the SETTINGS menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For in structions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 160 The number of menus available in the sys tem depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle The menus are described on the following pages Controls in detail Control system Menus This is what you will see when you scroll The table on the next page provides an through the menus overview of the individual menus E Og i MILES AUDIO OFF SETTINGS TO RESET PRESS E BUTTON FOR 3 SEC TEL OFF AFTER START 110 MI 2 00H HALI OFF 35 MPH 17 3 MPG P54 32 2785 31 Menus submenus and functions Commands submenus Menu 1 Standard dis play gt page 148 Call up mainte nance service display O heck tire in flation pres op E cq Check engine oil level Digital speed ometer Menu 2 AUDIO gt p
83. fuel is used follow these precautions Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleaded as soon as possible Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage Do not exceed 2 of maximum accelerator pedal position if the ve hicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements E SSS Use only premium unleaded fuel e The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R octane num ber and the Motor M octane number R M 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional co solvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives i _ A major concern among engine manufac turers is carbon build up caused by gaso line Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline cont
84. have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used Operation Tires and wheels Important guidelines Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make Tires must be of the correct size for the rim Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under Ne in 3 mm When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Operation Tires and wheels Tire care and maintenance Warning VAN Regularly check the tires for damage Dam aged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If
85. hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield Pas 40 2203 71 2 Handle for opening the hood Operation Engine compartment grille gt Pull up on the hood do not pull up on the handle and then release it The hood will be automatically held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts Warning A N To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running Make sure the hood is properly closed before driving When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers The radiator fan may continue to run for ap proximately 30 seconds or even restart af ter the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades Pull handle 2 to its stop out of radiator gt D Operation Engine compartment Warning A N If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant tem perature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled down If neces sary call the fire department Warning The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ig nition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e if ignition is on and the
86. in 1574 mm S 65 AMG 220 179 203 1 in 5158 mm 73 0 in 1855 mm 57 4 in 1457 mm 121 5 in 3085 mm 62 1 in 1578 mm 62 1 in 1578 mm Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Engine with oil filter Automatic transmission Rear axle Front axle Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore use only products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Model S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC S 55 AMG S 600 S 65 AMG S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC S 600 S 65 AMG S 350 S 430 4MATIC S 500 4MATIC S 430 S 500 S 55 AMG S 600 S 65 AMG S 430 4MATIC S 500 4MATIC Capacity 8 5 US qt 8 01 8 5 US qt 8 0 1 8 5 US qt 8 01 7 9 US gt 7 51 9 5 US qt 9 0 1 11 0 US qt 10 5 I 7 9 US qt 7 5 1 9 1 US qt 8 6 1 8 1 US qt 7 71 1 16 US qt 1 11 1 7 US qt 1 61 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 0 63 US qt 0 6 I Please refer to the Factory Approved Ser vice Products pamphlet or inquire at your Mercedes Benz Center Fuels coolants lubricants etc Approved engine oils MB Automatic Transmission Fluid Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Transfer case S 430 4MATIC 0 62 US qt 0 585 I MB Transfer Case Oil S 500 4MATIC Hydraulic system for ADS or ABC A
87. in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning sounds Immediately brake the vehicle to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking See the follow ing warning note The intermittent warning sound ceases and the red Distronic warning lamp goes out when the neces sary distance to the vehicle ahead Is again established Warning A N An intermittent warning sounds and the Distronic warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be ca pable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake your vehicle to increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final caution that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning sig nal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always re sult in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident Warning A N Distronic brakes your vehicle with a maxi mum of 6 5 ft s 2 m s This corre sponds to about 20 of the ma
88. into colder ambi ent temperatures e g when leaving your garage you will notice a delay before the lower temperature is displayed A delay also occurs when ambient temper atures rise This prevents inaccurate tem perature indications caused by heat radiated from the engine during idling or slow driving Clock The time is indicated in the instrument cluster in the tachometer display You can adjust the clock using the COMAND system Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Y Control system The control system is activated as soon as the SmartKey in the starter switch Is turned to position 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 is in position 1 The control system enables you to e call up information about your vehicle e change vehicle settings For example you can use the control sys tem to find out when your vehicle is next due for service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster dis play and much more 5e The displays for the audio systems ra dio CD player etc will appear in En glish regardless of the language selected A A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving Warning For your safety and the safety of others se lecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions per mit it to be done s
89. is selected gt page 202 Warning A N Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others The current climate control settings ON OFF temperature air volume ac tivated charcoal filter etc are stored for each SmartKey before it is removed from the starter switch or when the ve hicle is locked using the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 108 If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris Do not obstruct air volume by placing objects on the air volume through ex haust slots below the rear window When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the tempera ture air volume and air distribution Deactivating the climate control sys com Deactivating It is possible to completely deactivate the automatic climate control system gt Press button W gt page 193 The display shows 0 When the air conditioning is switched off the outside air supply and circula tion are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up Reactivating gt Press button W gt page 193 Setting the temperature Use temperature controls
90. leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsuper vised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning gt Press unlock button on the SmartKey All turn signal lamps flash once The ve hicle unlocks The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system Is disarmed gt Get inthe vehicle and insert the SmartKey in the starter switch For more information see SmartKey gt page 92 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO With the KEYLESS GO function you can lock and unlock the vehicle without using the remote control buttons on the SmartKey and start the engine without in serting the SmartKey in the starter switch To unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be outside the vehicle no further than approximately 3 feet 1 meter away from the door Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury gt Getting started Unlocking Grasp an outside door handle All turn signal lamps flash once The ve hicle unlocks The locking knob
91. not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air condition ing system Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lu bricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere A Under extremely strenuous operating condi tions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus re ducing the system s efficiency Warning Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced every two years preferably in the spring Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center will pro vide you with additional information Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Premium unleaded gasoline A Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extin guish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline Warning To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gaso line must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane
92. not start flash ing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a fault or the service is not currently ac tive and may not initiate a call Visit an Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Re sponse Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Cana da as soon as possible Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are ac tive an emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take pri ority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is con cluded Calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center representative except Roadside Assistance and Information calls which can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND head unit If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the audio system or the COMAND system audio is muted and the selected mode radio o
93. on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized techni cians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly accord ing to Mercedes Benz servicing require ments For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet Operation Driving instructions Coolant temperature During severe operating conditions m Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to e g stop and go traffic the coolant tem e Driving when your engine is badly over your health All exhaust gas contains carbon perature may rise close to approximately heated can cause some fluids which monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon 248 F 120 C may have leaked into the engine com sciousness and lead to death l l partment to catch fire You could be se The engine should not be operated with riously burned such a gavage which ae not propery 120 C Doing eo may cause serous en MA AE eng cn cause serious burns and can occur just ventilated If you think tat eens gas gine damage which is not covered by the by opening the hood Stay away from fumes are entering the vehicle while driving Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty the engine if you see or hear steam com have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one win dow fully open at all times ing from it Turn off the
94. page 308 RE PRESSURE One or more tires are deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoid CAUTION TIRE PRES ing abrupt steering and braking maneu vers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Change the damaged wheel gt page 403 gt Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution TIRE PRESSURE The pressure has fallen significantly in Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoid CHECA ATTIRE one or more tires ing abrupt steering and braking maneu vers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt Change the damaged wheel gt page 403 gt Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause
95. percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code The tire code gt page 313 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diag Onal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 315 Rim diameter The rim diameter 4 gt page 313 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge Rim diameter is indicated in inches in Tire load rating The tire load rating G gt page 313 is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corre sponds to a maximum load of 1356 lbs 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 319 where the maximum load as sociated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and lbs Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR gt page 323 of your vehi cle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or seri Ous personal injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the ori
96. possible Certain electronic systems are unable to gt Have the electronic systems checked by relay information to the control system an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following systems may have failed e Coolant temperature display e Tachometer e Cruise control display You are attempting to drive with one or gt Close the doors more doors open Practical hints What to do if Display ADD 1 0 QT OIL AT FILLING STATION Canada 1 0 LITER ENGINE OIL LEVEL TOP ENGIN OFE ENG UNET O TIEREN Et KEDU EROT ENEE Possible cause The engine oil level is too low There is no oil in the engine You have added too much engine oil There is a risk of damaging the engine or the catalytic converter Possible solution gt Add engine oil gt page 292 and check the engine oil level gt page 289 There is a danger of engine damage gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine gt Add engine oil gt page 292 and check the engine oil level gt page 289 Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Observe all legal requirements with re spect to its disposal Display ENGINE OIL LEVEL VISIT WORKSHOP OTL SENSOR MALFUNCT VISIT WORKSHOP When the message ADD 1 0 QT OIL AT FILLING STATION Canada 1 0 LITER appears while the engine is running and at operating temperature the engine oil level has dropped to ap
97. providing freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C and corro sion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the cool ant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corro sion protection and increase boil over pro tection Refer to Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze solu tion or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification see Factory Approved Service Products pam phlet are used to renew the coolant con centration or bring it back up to the proper level To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 45 anticor rosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will in crease due to the lower heat transfer capa bility of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Ant
98. read ing lamp Reading lamps in the rear The reading lamps are located in the roof lining for the rear seat passengers _P68 00 3747 31 1 Reading lamps on off 2 Reading lamps gt Press reading lamp switch to switch on reading lamps 2 Press reading lamp switch to switch off reading lamps 2 Courtesy lighting For better orientation in the dark courtesy lamps will illuminate the interior of your ve hicle as follows With parking lamps switched on e the door handles e the driver and passenger footwells With the SmartKey in the starter switch position 1 e the door handles e the center console If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and switch off the exterior headlamps the door handle lamps will remain lit for approximately five minutes Door entry lamps For better orientation in the dark the cor responding door entry lamps will switch on in darkness when you open a door and the automatic control is activated The door entry lamps switch off when the corresponding door is closed o If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and switch off the exterior headlamps the door entry lamps will remain lit for approximately five minutes Controls in detail Lighting Trunk lighting The trunk lighting switches on if the trunk lid is opened If you leave the trunk open for an extended period of time the trunk lighting w
99. restraint down until it 1 Head restraint height switch nee For information on head restraint adjust ment see Seats gt page 37 Warning A N PS oS For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation gt Adjust head restraint to desired posi tion gt page 38 or gt Open the respective door Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Tilt the seat backrest to the rear for easier removal and installation of the head restraints Rear seats ee Power seat bench The switches for adjusting the seat bench are located at the respective rear doors z f Q 1 Seat bench fore and aft adjustment 2 Head restraint folding down or placing upright P54 25 3357 31 Seat bench fore and aft adjustment gt Press switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow Q Head restraint folding down or placing upright gt Press switch in the up direction of arrow 2 to place the head restraint upright gt Press switch in the down direction of arrow 2 to fold down the head
100. right angle to For safety reasons switch off wipers and re wiper arm arrow Q move my from toe switch vehi gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the the retainer in the direction of vehicle s on board ECA ol NEN arrow status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Installing wiper blades gt Slide the wiper blade onto wiper arm until it locks in place Rotate the wiper blade into position parallel to wiper arm Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold onto the wiper when folding the wiper arm back Never open the hood when the wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow the wiper arms to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Make certain that the wiper blades are properly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vv Flat tire Preparing the vehicle gt Park the vehicle as far as possible from moving traffic on a hard surface Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the steering wheel so that the fron
101. seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmar compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Other wise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result gt D tio BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp Getting started Driving A According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an
102. seat manufactur er s instructions Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint When the child restraint is not in use re move it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an ac cident Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised chil dren in achild restraint system may use ve hicle equipment and cause an accident and or serious personal injury BabySmart system The EEJ indicator lamp is located on the lower part of the center console air bag deactivation 1 Indicator lamp iM Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any auth
103. selector lever to gt Press program mode selector the left in the D direction or switch Q repeatedly until the M for the or manual program mode M appears in gt Briefly press button on the right the tachometer display side of the steering wheel gt Briefly press button on the left side gt page 181 of the steering wheel gt page 181 The transmission switches to the eee manual program mode M Automatic The transmission shifts to the next The transmission shifts to the next shifting is switched off The gear range higher gear ONT ERa is not limited i You can change the gears manually when When you brake or stop the transmis the gear selector lever is in position D You sion shifts down to a gear from which can upshift or downshift through the gears you can easily accelerate or take off in succession Kickdown The kickdown can also be used for maximum acceleration when driving in the manual program mode M gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance The transmission shifts to a lower gear gt Shift up once the desired speed has been reached i i When driving at full throttle the trans mission shifts to the next higher gear when maximum engine speed has been reached Deactivating manual shift program gt Press the program mode selector switch gt page 183 repeatedly until C or S appears in the tachometer display or gt Restart the engine The transmis
104. shift to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the transmission when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold button on the right side of the steering wheel until D reappears in the tachometer display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold button Q on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Manual shift program S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG In addition to the automatic shift program C or S your vehicle is equipped with the manual shift program M In the manual program mode M system controlled automatic gearshifting is switched off and you need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshift ing using the steering wheel gearshift but tons to the left and right of the steering wheel gt page 181 or the gear selector lever Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road s
105. solution The air filter is clogged gt Have the air filter checked by an authorized Distronic is switched off and is temporarily gt unavailable Distronic is switched off because the Dis gt tronic cover in the radiator grille is dirty gt Distronic is malfunctioning or the display is malfunctioning Mercedes Benz Center Try activating Distronic again later Clean the Distronic cover in the radiator grille gt page 335 Restart the vehicle Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display ESP MALFUNCTION VISTT WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISTT WORKSHOP Possible cause The ESP has detected a malfunction and switched off The ABS may still be operational The ESP or the ESP display is malfunc tioning Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution esl UNAVAILABLE The ESP was deactivated because the gt Synchronize the ESP With the vehicle sta S
106. sub stitute for active driving involvement It does not react to stationary objects nor does it recognize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehicles ahead Distronic can only apply a maximum of 20 of the vehicle s braking power It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to traffic and road conditions and to provide the steering braking and oth er driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle Warning A N Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary However it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the ve hicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping dis tance always rests with the driver Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Warning A N Distronic requires familiarity with its opera tional characteristics We strongly recom mend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system a USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause
107. switch off unexpect edly when the system senses bright am bient light for example light from oncoming traffic e the headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others acti vate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position R to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from Mg to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times The front fog lamps and rear fog lamp cannot be switched on manually with exterior lamp switch in position Wg To activate the fog lamps turn exterior lamp switch to position and pull the exterior lamp switch to first or sec ond stop gt page 134 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to Eg With the SmartKey in starter switch po sition 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button pressed once only the parking lamps will switch on and off automatically When the engine is running the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will switch on and off automatically Daytime running lamp mode
108. system key pad located in until the settings for the MP3 CD cur being played appear in the multifunc the center dashboard rently being played appear in the multi tion display E function display 4 tb 1 P3 TRACK 5 2 BEATLES_HE 2 pa pr P54 32 2314 31 P54 32 3242 31 C Current CD 1 Indicates MP3 CD mode for CD changer gt page 151 2 Current track Current track gt Press button A or IKe repeatedly until the desired track is selected Level of information displayed will vary depending on the information con tained on the MP3 CD CD changer operating mode General notes Should excessively high temperatures oc cur while in CD mode CD TEMP HIGH will appear on the multifunction display and muting will take place The unit will then switch back to the last operating mode used until the temperature has decreased to a safe operating level Should excessively low temperatures oc cur while in CD mode CD TEMP LOW will ap pear on the multifunction display but the CD will continue to play Handle CDs carefully to prevent interfer ence during playback Avoid fingerprints and dust on CDs Do not write on CDs or apply any label or other material to them Only use original CDs Using copied CDs may create problems during playback Clean CDs from time to time with a com mercially available cleaning cloth No sol vents anti static sprays etc should be used for clea
109. that time you may need to use increased brake pedal pressure while braking Please be aware of this and adjust your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Warning Excessive high demand braking will cause correspondingly high brake wear Please be attentive to the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster and brake condition mes sages in the multifunction display Especial ly for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly Operation Driving instructions Driving off Apply the brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this procedure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the oper ating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an ex tended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear Parking Warning A N Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To re
110. the readings of a tire inflation pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur The readings issued by the control system are more pre cise gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu appears in the multifunction display gt page 143 Press button EAN or RA repeatedly until the current tire inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunc tion display TIRE PRESSURE FSD 29 32 cm M 29 32 P54 32 2635 31 You can select the unit of measure Bar Psi used for the tire inflation pressure by changing the setting in the control system gt page 164 Operation Tires and wheels Warning When the tire inflation pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recom mended tire inflation pressure
111. the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more informa tion on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pres sure gt page 306 Tire inspection Every time you check your tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 299 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Warning A N Tires and spare tire should be replaced after six years regardless of the remaining tread Tread depth Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under 7 in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approx imately 1 46
112. the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WE gt page 50 Display 10 oe I FRONT TURN SIGNAL L CHECK LIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL R CHECK LIGHT REAR TURN SIGNAL L CHECK LIGHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON REAR TURN SIGNAL R CHECK LIGHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON MURR ORATORE S CHECK MEGAN MIRROR TURN SIG R CHECK SER Gri Possible cause Practical hints What to do if Possible solution The left front turn signal lamp is malfunc gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible tioning The right front turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning The left rear turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The right rear turn signal lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The left turn signal in the side mirror is malfunctioning This message will only ap pear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working The right turn signal in the side mirror is malfunctioning This message will only ap pear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working gt gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible Visit an auth
113. the di rection of arrow Q Slower gt Briefly tip cruise control lever in the di rection of arrow 2 Controls in detail Driving systems Setting to last stored speed Resume function gt gt Warning A The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the pre set speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others Briefly push cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 4 The cruise control resumes the last set speed Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately five sec onds and the corresponding speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illuminated Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control system increases driving convenience afforded by the cruise control during travel on expressways and other major roads e Ifthe Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance e fthere is no vehicle directly ahead of you Distronic will function in the same way as cruise control gt page 215 Warning VAN Distronic adaptive cruise control is no
114. the positive terminal side facing up Return battery compartment 3 gt page 392 into housing until it locks into place Slide mechanical key C gt page 388 back into the SmartKey Check the operation of the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Replacement battery Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key out of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 388 gt Remove battery compartment 3 gt page 392 out of the housing P80 61 2086 31 1 Battery 2 Tilt battery up 3 Mechanical key Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries Using mechanical key 3 apply pres sure to position 2 Battery Q tilts up slightly Pull out battery 4 in the direction of arrow Using a lint free cloth insert new battery Q with the plus side facing up Return battery compartment 3 gt page 392 into housing until it locks into place Slide mechanical key C gt page 388 back into the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Check the operation of KEYLESS GO Practical hints Replacing bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper i a exrenor lighting and signaling It is there If the headlamps or front fog lamps are Substitute bulbs will be brought into fore essential that all bulbs and lamp as fogged up on the inside as a result of use when the following lamps malfunc are in good working order at all high humidity driving the vehicle a dis t
115. to a halt avoiding abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 403 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 308 If necessary change the wheel gt page 403 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution TIRE PRESSURE LR The left rear tire is deflating gt Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding CAUTION TERE PRES abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 403 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center TIRE PRESSURE SER The left rear tire inflation pressure is low gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt ChE anes Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 308 gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 403 gt Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat t
116. transmitter button is pressed and released gt D Controls in detail Useful features If the indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly for about two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with pro gramming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature H Step 7 gt To program the remaining two buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other roll ing code devices with the rolling code fea ture follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier Step 8 gt Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the train ing button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is dif ficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener opera tor s manual Step 9 gt Press training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ing step Step 10 gt Firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed integrated signal transmitter button 2
117. undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Warning A N Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Only use Distronic if the weather road and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed Warning A N Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slip pery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet Warning A N Close attention to road and traffic condi tions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not Distronic is activated Use of Distronic can be dangerous on wind ing roads or in heavy traffic because condi tions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle D
118. vehicle Always firmly set park ing brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Warning Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Make sure the jack arm is fully inserted in the jack tube Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jack stands before working under the vehicle Practical hints Flat tire P40 10 2799 31 1 P40 10 2722 31 P40 10 2800 31 gt Take the two piece wheel wrench out Q Jack support tube cover 1 Jack support tube hole of the vehicle tool kit tray Assemble gt Remove cover 1 from the jack sup a wheel wrench port tube by inserting a screwdriver Cran gt On wheel to be changed loosen but do supplied in vehicle tool kit in the gt Insert jack arm fully into tube not yet remove the wheel bolts ap Opening as shown and prying it out hole Q up to the stop proximately one full turn with wrench gt Remove cover Q carefully to avoid The tube openings are located directly be damage to the locking tabs Warning J hind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings Insert the jack arm fully into the jack sup port tube hole up to the stop Otherwise the vehicle may fall from the jack and cause per sonal injury or damage to the vehicle gt D Practical hints Flat tire g
119. visually and audibly indi cates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle The Parktronic system is automatically ac tivated when you switch on the ignition and placed the gear selector lever in posi tion D R or N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds over approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system turns on again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you place the gear selector lever in position P Controls in detail Driving systems The Parktronic system monitors the sur roundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper __ k PN OS 2587 3 1 Sensors in the front bumper Range of the sensors To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or damage the sensors see Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 335 Controls in detail Driving systems Be 100 50 Ofem 40 20 0 in Oo 24 48 fin PS4 65 2721 31 I T 1 F fs 100 50 cm 0 60 8 120 cm 40 20 in 0 24 46 in P54 65 2856 31 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g
120. warning system has recog You may need to brake or maneuver to Cee ee ee nized a stationary obstacle on your avoid hitting an obstacle probable line of travel The yellow ESP warning lamp The ESP or traction control has come into When driving off apply as little throttle flashes while driving operation because of detected traction loss as possible U GICLEE Ce ie gt While driving ease up on the accelera Distronic is deactivated tor gt Adapt your speed and driving to the pre vailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Excep tions gt page 82 Failure to follow these instructions increas es the risk of an accident Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The yellow ESP warning lamp The ESP switched off Risk of accident SPOUTS COLD MEANT oh NTS gt Switch the ESP back on gt page 83 gt Adapt your speed and driving to the pre vailing road and weather conditions If the ESP cannot be switched back on have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The red seat belt telltale illumi The driver has not fastened his or her seat B Fasten your seat belt nates briefly after starting the belt The warning lamp goes out engine Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The yellow warning lamp for the The tire inflation pressure moni
121. which exceeds the system s de ployment threshold Safety and Security Occupant safety Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt Your vehicle automatically takes preven tive measures to better protect the occu The PRE SAFE systems are activated pants In the following hazardous in the previously described circum situations stances only at speeds exceeding 22 mph 35 km h An automatic comfort fit feature for front seats and for the rear outer seats only for vehicles with electrically adjustable rear bench seat or with individual seats inthe rear reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use You execute an emergency braking ma neuver and the Brake Assist System gt page 80 is activated e The PRE SAFE system detects a criti cal driving dynamics situation When the driving dynamic situation has passed without an accident occurring the pre tensioning on the seat belts is Preventive occupant safety deactivated PRE SAFE You can then adjust the seats and the tilt sliding sunroof to their previous po sition In such cases the following systems are automatically activated Warning A N The PRE SAFE system is intended to re duce the effects of an accident on properly a seat belted vehicle occupants Despite hav A front seat belt with the seat belt buckled is pre tensioned electrically If the seat belts do not release If the occupied front pas
122. will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the underbody do not for get to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approx 3 ft approx 1 m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Ornamental moldings For regular cleaning and care of very dirty chrome plated parts use a chrome clean er Headlamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the lenses Do not at tempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or sponge Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors 1 Distronic system sensor cover gt Usea mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water to clean sen sor cover 1 To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensor cover Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge 1 Parktronic system sensors gt Clean the sen
123. 0 rpm 1000 Nm 2000 4000 rpm 9950 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 1 1 4 9 2335 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 2 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Technical data Rims and tires Only use tires which have been specifi cally developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to pro vide best possible performance in con junction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as ABS or ESP Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding the following on the tire s side wall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in dam age that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimen tal effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and dif ferent tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehi cle may be the result
124. 0006 135 Hazard warning flasher 136 Interior lighting esensseensseeseseesss 137 Courtesy lighting nseseneseeneeee 139 Door entry lamps cceeeeeeeeeee 139 Trunk lighting ccceceseeceeeeeeeees 139 Instrument Cluster cccssecceeeees 140 Instrument cluster illumination 140 Coolant temperature gauge 141 Trip odometer ccccceeecceseeceee 141 TACNOMELtET sesccccesseccecessecees 142 Outside temperature indicator 142 NICO NE E EE E E T 142 Control system cccccssssseeeeseeeeees 143 Multifunction display 06 143 Multifunction steering wheel 144 MENUS sirsenis 146 Standard display menu 148 AUDIO Menu cers otidosnitinicneeGpievecaoamees 148 CD changer operating mode 151 GOOG VISION vcciccevssussscavreteaseenectus 186 Ventilated storage compartment 203 TEEMENU pasatanyicrou ele a 153 Headlamp cleaning system Rear passenger compartment NAV Men oraison 155 Standard on S 500 S 600 adjustable air vents ecceeee 204 Distronic MENU cccseeceeeeeees 156 S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG 186 Rear passenger compartment Trip computer Menu 086 157 Rear VIEW MIITOMS ccceecceeeeeeees 186 Climate control ccc eeecceeeeeee es 205 Vehicle status message Power folding exterior rear Power WINGOWS cccsseeccceeeseceeeeeeeees 208 m
125. 18 24 26 181 0000000 O Item Lever for voice control sys tem see separate operat ing instructions Front Parktronic warning indicator for right front area Overhead control panel Glove box lock Glove box lid release Glove box Center console Starter switch Horn Page 239 29 242 242 242 27 28 34 BOO OOeO At a Item Steering wheel adjustment stalk Heated steering wheel Parking brake pedal Hood lock release Parking brake release Door control panel Exterior lamp switch Headlamp washer button Front Parktronic warning indicator for left front area glance Cockpit Page 40 252 48 287 48 30 131 186 235 At a glance a Instrument cluster pA 7 f K 100 120 U2 160 p SNS I0 120 po 3 TW 40 180 i NNI f A S200 EN SoA A 0149 8 eae 6 MILES h 0267 o DE 0207 53 gt s V2 8 P68 10 3204 31 oe Item Coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge with fuel tank reserve warning lamp Rem Left turn signal indicator lamp BW Right turn signal indicator lamp Speedometer with Electronic Stability Program ESP warning lamp Distance warning lamp Vehicles without Distronic Distance warning lamp with out function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the en gine is running Tachometer Page 141 343 51 3l 345 344 142 It
126. 220 5842797 Order No 6515 2190 13 Part No 220 584 27 97 USA Edition B 2006 Operator s Manual S Class Operator s Manual S Class 5 Mercedes Benz S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC S 55 AMG S 600 S 65 AMG Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demon stration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your de sire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the ef forts of many skilled engineers and crafts men To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passen gers we ask you to make a small invest ment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are de signed to acquaint you with the opera tion of your Mercedes Benz Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and oc cupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A DaimlerChrysler Company INtrOGUCTION cccececcecescscescecees 9 Product information c ccceeeeceececees 9 Operators Manual
127. 224 Miles kilometers in Speedometer 163 Parking position for exterior rear view mirrors 170 172 Slower speed in cruise control 217 Slower speed in Distronic 224 SmartKey dependent memory 169 Speed in Distronic 223 Speedometer display mode Suspension tuning 232 Temperature interior 195 Temperature rear passenger compartment 206 Temperature indicator 163 Tire inflation pressure units 164 To last stored speed Resume func tion in cruise control 217 To last stored speed in Distronic Re sume function 224 Units Speedometer 163 Temperature 163 Tire inflation pressure 164 Vehicle level control 230 233 Setting current speed 216 163 Setting front passenger seat position from rear 118 Settings Calling up Distronic 156 221 Convenience functions 169 Factory SmartKey 94 Individual SmartKey 169 Lighting control system 164 Menus and submenus 145 Resetting all control system 160 Resetting inthe submenu 161 Selective 94 100 Settings menu Functions in 160 Individual vehicle settings 160 Submenus 161 Shelf below rear window Cleaning 337 Shift lock 448 Shifting Gear selector lever positions 175 Into optimal gear range automatic transmission 180 Shoulder support Seat adjustment 123 Side impact airbags 66 Side marker lamps Replacing bulbs Side windows Automatic closing 209 Automatic opening 209 Cleaning 336 Closing fully Express close 209 Opening 209 Opening fully Express open 209 S
128. 240 km h W up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for exam ple 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of the tire load rating gt page 313 and the tire speed rating gt page 313 If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description G and gt page 313 is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed ca pability If a service description G and 6 gt page 313 is given the speed capa bility is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capabil ity of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed rating in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capa bility of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actu
129. 3 AUDIO menu 148 selecting CD track 150 Selecting MP3 CD track 150 Selecting radio station 149 Selecting satellite radio station USA only 149 Audio system CD mode 151 Auto dimming for rear view mirror 186 Automatic central locking Activating deactivating control system 168 Automatic climate control 192 Air recirculation mode 198 Defrosting 197 Rear window defroster 201 Setting the temperature 195 Setting the temperature in the rear passenger compartment 206 Automatic headlamp mode 132 Automatic lighting control Activating 137 Deactivating 137 Automatic locking when driving 112 Automatic shift program Automatic transmission 179 Automatic transmission 173 Accelerator position 177 Automatic shift program 179 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 185 Fluid level 293 Gearranges 178 Gear selector lever position 173 175 Gear shifting malfunctions 185 Kickdown 177 Kickdown manual shift program S55 AMGandS65 AMG 185 Manual shift program S 55 AMG and S65 AMG 183 Manual shifting 180 One touch gearshifting 180 Selector lever position 173 Starting the engine 46 Steering wheel gearshift control S55 AMG and S65 AMG 181 Transmission fluid 293 Auxiliary fuse box 417 B BabySmart Air bag deactivation system 73 Compatible child seats 73 443 Self test 73 BabySmart air bag deactivation system 443 Backrest supports Lumbar region 123 Shoulder region 123 Backup lamps 395 400 Bulbs 395 Bar 323 BAS 80 444 Batteries
130. 32 443 Messages in display 351 Setting vehicle level 230 233 ABS 25 79 443 Malfunction indicator lamp 340 Messages in display 353 Warning lamp 340 Accelerator position automatic transmission 177 Accessory weight 323 Accident Incase of 54 Activating Air conditioner cooling 202 Air conditioning 202 Air recirculation mode 198 Anti theft alarm system 86 Central locking control system 168 Charcoal filter 200 Distance warning function 227 Distronic 223 Easy entry exit feature 170 ESP 83 Exteriorlamps 132 Exterior rear view mirror parking position 187 Front and rear fog lamp 132 134 Hazard warning flasher 136 Headlamps 50 High beams 135 Ignition 34 Ignition with KEYLESS GO start stop button 36 Immobilizer 57 85 Limiting opening height of trunk lid 169 Manual shift program S 55 AMG and S65 AMG 184 Rear window defroster 201 Residual heat 202 207 Seat heater 125 126 Seat ventilation 127 Tow away alarm 88 Windshield wipers 52 Adaptive Damping System ADS 229 443 Adding Coolant 294 Engine oil 292 Additional turn signals 395 Adjustable air vents rear passenger compartment 204 Adjusting 37 Air distribution Airvolume 197 Backrest tilt 38 Drive dynamic seat 171 Exterior rear view mirrors 41 Head restraint height 39 Head restraint tilt 39 Instrument cluster illumination 140 Interior rear view mirror 41 Lumbar support 122 Mirrors 41 Multicontour backrest 122 Power se
131. 34 PLOWS INS ceaceaierewois tabi ennseuteanasunnnesunanteness 37 ho 1 S eee ee ene eee ee eee eee eee 37 Steering WNEE cccceeeeceeseecee eens 40 INOS tescies tho canceecendeweuce a aiunceneineareeee 41 Dr VINE erosion i 43 Fastening the seat belts 43 Starting the engine ssensssessseess 46 Parking brake ccccccsssseceenseees 48 DIVINA secas 49 Switching on headlamps 50 Turn signals sssenessensssenssseesseessseee 51 Windshield WIPEPS ccceeeeeeees 52 Problems while driving 000608 54 Parking and lOCKING ccccseeecceeeeees 55 Parking brake ssssssesssessssesssseesssee 56 Switching off headlamps 57 Turning off the engine 00c66 5 7 LOOKIN oeer is E 58 E Safety and Security 00 Occupant Safety cceccccccsssseeeeeeeees Pl DISS sepsa a Seat VEILS ecsecceeessescceceeseeteees Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE cccccscesececesseseseceeeceeees Children in the vehicle 068 Override switch for rear passenger compartment Panic alarm Veqawsteadanssloasiaheuneatassacianranias ACUVIUNE sisiiserserren i dinei Deactivating sssenseseessseeesseessseo Driving safety SySteEMS ccccceseeeeees PSO A EA E N TT Four wheel electronic traction system 4MATIC with the ESP Anti theft SySteMms cseeccccsssseeeee
132. 350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Where to find it This Operator s Manual is designed to pro vide comprehensive support information for you the vehicle operator Each section has its own reference color _ ons At a glance Here you will find an overview of all the controls that can be operated from the driver s seat a Controls in detail Here you will find detailed information about the equipment installed in your vehi cle This section expands on the Getting started section and also describes techni cal innovations If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you ES SS Getting started Here you will find all the information you need for your first drive You should read this section first if this is your first Mercedes Benz vehicle or if you are rent ing or borrowing this vehicle C Safety and Security Here you will find descriptions of the safety and security features of your vehicle Operation Here you will find all the information you need for the proper operation of your vehi cle EE Practical hints This section provides fast assistance for dealing with problems you may encounter a Technical data All important technical data for your vehi cle can be found in this section el Index
133. 4 Press switch Q in the front center con sole briefly The rear head restraints will fold back ward A For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Warning Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Controls in detail Seats Placing head restraints upright The rear outer seats head restraints gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 will fold upright a l Er gt Pull the rear center seat head restraint Open the respective door upright manually until it locks into posi tion gt Press switch up in the direction of arrow 1 Folding down and placing upright pow The rear outer seats power head re er head restraints with the switches in straint will fold upright the rear doors rear outer seats l l o gt Press switch down in the direction of p91 i6222031 You can fold the rear outer seats power arrow 1 gt Pull the rear head restraint upright until ead restraints backward or upright using Th ON NE E it locks into position the head restraint folding switches in the A EE E aa gy ey ened respective rear doors backward H Make sure the head restraints engage Warning A N when placing them upright manually E a For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Oth
134. 448 Reconnecting Vehicle battery 410 Recovery services 186 For stolen vehicle 262 Refueling 284 Regular checks 285 Regular driving style 232 Reinstalling vehicle battery 409 Remote control SmartKey 92 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 96 Remote controls Integrated 265 Remote door unlock With Tele Aid 261 Removing Vehicle battery 409 Wheel 406 Wiper blades 401 Replacing Backup lamp bulbs 399 Battery SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 393 Brake fluid 437 Brake lamp bulbs 399 Bulbs 394 Front lamp bulbs 397 License plate lamp bulbs 400 Parking lamp bulbs 399 Rear fog lamp bulbs 399 400 Rearlamp bulbs 395 399 Rear turn signal bulbs 399 Side marker lamp bulbs 399 Standing lamp bulbs 399 Wiper blades 401 Reporting Safety defects 18 Reset button in the instrument cluster 160 Resetting All functions control system 160 All functions of a submenu 161 Fuel consumption 158 Maintenance service indicator 331 Trip odometer 141 Residual heat utilization 202 207 448 Residual ventilation 202 207 REST Residual engine heat utilization 448 Restraint system see Infant and child re straint systems 71 74 Rim 324 Rims and Tires 426 Roadside assistance 12 Tele Aid 257 Rolling code programming 266 RON Research Octane Number 285 448 Roof rack 239 Rubber parts Cleaning 338 S Safety Occupant 60 Safety belts see Seat belts 43 Safety defects Reporting 18 Safety systems Driving 79 Screwdriver vehicle tool
135. Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem pa aimn A If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Driving with the brake warning lamp illumi nated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot en gine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The yellow engine malfunc There is a malfunction in gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as USA only tion indicator lamp comes The fuel management system possible by an authorized iy on while driving ss Mercedes Benz Center e The ignition system An on board diagnostic connector is Canada onl y used by the service station to link the e The emission control system vehicle to the shop diagnostics system e systems which affect emissions It allows the accurate identification of Such malfunctions may result in excessive system malfunctions through the read emissions values and may switch the en out of diagnostic trouble codes It is lo gine to its limp home emergency opera cated in the front left area of the tion mode footwell next to th
136. EE Comfort Less lateral sup port and slow air pressure build up in the air chambers of the backrest side bolsters Controls in detail Control system Setting fold in function for exterior rear Press button EN or Ref repeatedly view mirrors until the message FOLD IN MIRRORS WHEN LOCKING appears in the multi Using this function you can set the exteri function display or rear view mirrors to be automatically folded in when you lock your vehicle The selection marker is on the current gt page 188 setting gt Move the selection marker to the CONVENIENCE submenu with the eae or E button d x ts ON if OFF nl P 4 32 2633 31 gt Press button or E to switch the automatic fold in setting for the mirrors ON or OFF Y Automatic transmission For more information on driving with an automatic transmission see Automatic transmission gt page 46 Your vehicle s transmission adapts its gear shifting process to your individual driving style by continually adjusting the shift points up or down These shift point adjust ments are performed based on current operating and driving conditions If the operating conditions change the automatic transmission reacts by adjusting its shift program During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature aA Gearshift pattern for automati
137. EE OPERATORS power supply has been interrupted tionary and the engine running turn the MANUAL steering wheel completely to the left and The ABS is still operational l then to the right to synchronize the ESP If the ESP message does not go out gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident When synchronizing the ESP make sure you can turn the steering wheel in both directions as far as it will go with out the wheel hitting any objects e g a road curb Display MOVES OE REC WOR ey En TO PARK PRE SAFE INACTIVE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Possible solution You have tried to turn off the engine with Place the gear selector lever in position P the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 with the gear selector lever not in P If BAS or ESP malfunction messages are Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as displayed simultaneously PRE SAFE has soon as possible been deactivated as a result of these mal functions All other occupant safety sys tems such as the air bags are still available PRE SAFE itself has failed All other occu Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as pant safety systems such as the air bags soon as possible are still available Practical hints W
138. H2 1 97 in 50 mm 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load Technical data Electrical system Model Generator alternator Starter motor Battery Spark plugs Electrode gap Tightening torque S 350 S 55 AMG S 600 S 65 AMG S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC 14V 150A 14 V 180 A 14 V 220 A 14 V 180 A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 95 Ah 12 V 95 Ah 12 V 95 Ah 12 V 95 Ah Bosch F 8 DPP 332 NGK IL FR 6 A NGK IFR 6Q G NGK NFR 60 G NGK PFR 5 R 11 0 039 in 1 0 mm 0 031 in 0 8 mm 0 028 in 0 7 mm 0 028 in 0 7 mm 18 22 lb ft 25 30 Nm 18 22 Ib ft 25 30 Nm 15 22 lb ft 20 30 Nm 15 22 lb ft 20 30 Nm Vv Main dimensions and weights Main dimensions Model Overall vehicle length Overall vehicle width Overall vehicle height Wheelbase Track front Track rear Weights Max roof load Max trunk load S 350 220 067 S 430 220 070 198 3 in 5038 mm 73 0 in 1855 mm 57 2 in 1454 mm 116 7 in 2965 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm 220 Ib 100 kg 220 Ib 100 kg Technical data Main dimensions and weights S 430 220 170 S 430 4MATIC 220 183 S 500 220 175 S 500 4MATIC 220 184 S 55 AMG 220 174 203 1 in 5158 mm 73 0 in 1855 mm 57 2 in 1454 mm 121 5 in 3085 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm S 600 220 176 203 1 in 5158 mm 73 0 in 1855 mm 57 4 in 1457 mm 121 5 in 3085 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 0
139. Is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pul sation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal Warning A N The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency be yond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction af forded The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe atten tive and skillful driver can prevent acci dents The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reck less or dangerous manner which could jeop ardize the user s safety or the safety of others For more information see Practical hints gt page 340 BAS The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby poten tially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure unt
140. KAX kg or XAN ibs p 4 TRE size COLDTIREPRESSURE ie a seowers E FRONT P195 70R14 200KPA 29PS1 MANUAL FOR al I oot REAR P19S 7OR14 200KPA 29S ADDITIONAL Si k Fa SPARE f T1i25 70015 4Z0KPA S0PS IN FORMATION a P40 00 2063 31 a EEE N 1 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION E Placard Example A 1 Seating capacity VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION WEHI LE CAPACITY WEIGHT EME KG MLBS SEATING CAPACITY eo nd COLD TIRE PRESSURE Placard Example B 1 Seating capacity Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example A gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example B gt Locate the heading Vehicle Capacity Weight on your vehicle s placard Step 2 gt Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Step 3 gt Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs Step 4 gt The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals
141. Mercedes Benz Center for further information Warning A N With a disconnected battery e you will no longer be able to turn the SmartKey in the starter switch and pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 on the gear selector lever will have no effect e the gear selector lever will remain locked in position P The battery is located on the right side of the trunk under the battery cover P54 10 2187 31 1 Battery cover gt Pull on the outer right hand side of cover 1 and remove it in the direction of the arrow Disconnecting the battery Turn off all electrical consumers Open the trunk gt page 103 Read and observe safety instructions and precautions gt page 408 gt Remove the battery cover 1 S if i ra te P54 10 2210 31 2 Positive terminal 3 Negative terminal gt Use a 10 mm open end wrench to dis connect the battery negative lead gt Remove cover 2 from the positive ter minal gt Disconnect the battery positive lead Removing the battery gt Remove the screw securing the bat tery gt Remove the battery support and bracket gt Take out the battery Charging and reinstalling the battery gt Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer gt Reinstall the charged battery Follow the previously described steps in re verse order Practical hints Battery A
142. Possible solution TIRE PRESSURE LF The left front tire is deflating gt Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding CAUTIONS TERE VPRES abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 403 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center TIRE EES SUINE TLF The left front tire inflation pressure is low gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt ChE anes Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 308 gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 403 gt Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Display ERE SOUR Ese CAUTION TIRE PRES EERE UREDE CHECK TIRES A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Warning Possible cause The right front tire is deflating The right front tire inflation pressure is low You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Bring the vehicle
143. S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters solvent ABC Active Body Control Active computer controlled system that hydraulically adjusts the suspen sion at all four wheels in response to various driving situations ABS Antilock Brake System Prevents the wheels from locking up during braking so that the vehicle can continue to be steered Accessory weight gt page 323 ADS Adaptive Damping System Automatically adapts the optimum sus pension damping to prevailing driving conditions Airmatic Automatically selects the optimum sus pension tuning and ride height for your vehicle Airmatic consists of two com ponents e Adaptive Damping System e Vehicle level control Air pressure gt page 323 Alignment bolt Metal pin with thread The centering pin is an aid used when changing a tire to align the wheel with the wheel hub Aspect ratio gt page 323 BabySmart air bag deactivation system This system detects if a special system compatible child restraint seat is in stalled on the front passenger seat The system will automatically deactivate the passenger front air bag when such a seat is properly installed the EET indicator lamp in the center console comes on TM BabySmart compatible child seats Special restraint system for children The sensor system for the fron
144. S GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the ve hicle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid lt is not necessary to slam the door or trunk lid closed A pneumatic power as sisted mechanism draws doors and trunk lid closed quietly and automatically once door and trunk lid has been latched When the pneumatic power assisted mechanism has stopped doors and or trunk can be re opened Warning A N To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door or trunk opening when closing a door or the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around In case of danger pull the inside or outside door handle or press the trunk lid lock To prevent personal injury never actuate the closing assist mechanism by tampering with the door or trunk lid latch Power closing assist for doors gt Press the doors gently past the initial engage position into the lock The doors close automatically Warning A N Only drive with the doors closed Otherwise one or more of the doors could open while the vehicle is in motion putting you and or others at risk Power closing assist for trunk lid gt Press the trunk lid gently into its lock The trunk closes automatically Warning A N Only drive with the trunk
145. USTER LIGHTING Select temperature display Set daytime running lamp mode mode USA only Select multifunction display Set locator lighting mode Select language Exterior lamps delayed shut off Select tire inflation pressure Interior lighting delayed shut off unit VEHICLE Set automatic locking Limiting opening height of trunk lid CONVENIENCE Set key dependency Activate easy entry exit feature Set parking position for exterior rear view mirror Set fold in function for exterior rear view mirrors Adjusting the drive dynamic seat Instrument cluster submenu Access the INST CLUS submenu via the SETTINGS menu Use the INST CLUS submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available Function Page Select temperature display 163 mode Select multifunction display 163 mode Select language 164 Select tire inflation pressure unit 164 Selecting temperature display mode gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the INST CLUS submenu Press button J or Ref repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display TEMP INDICATOR The selection marker is on the current setting TEMP INDICATOR c 7 Po P54 32 2023 31 p gt Press or SSH to set the temper ature unit to degrees Celsius C or de grees Fahrenheit F Controls in detail Control system Selecting multifunction display mode gt Move the selec
146. Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Trunk lid emergency release Q The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is standing still or in motion With the emergency release button the trunk can be opened from inside the trunk The emergency release button is located on the inside of the trunk lid Illumination of the emergency release but ton e The button will flash for 30 minutes af ter opening the trunk e The button will flash for 60 minutes af ter closing the trunk The emergency release button does P80 20 2516 31 not open the trunk lid if the vehicle bat Q Emergency release button tery is discharged or disconnected gt Briefly press emergency release button Q The trunk unlocks and the trunk lid opens Controls in detail Locking and unlocking If the vehicle has previously been locked using the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening the trunk from the inside using the emergency release button will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch e Press button or on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLES
147. When the vehicle is at level 2 pressing the button will return the vehicle to nor mal level Pressing the button twice in quick suc cession will cause the vehicle to imme diately raise or lower according to the starting level The selected vehicle level setting re mains stored in memory even if the en gine is turned off and restarted Parktronic system Parking assist VAN Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always rests with the driver Warning Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The operational function of the Parktronic system can be affected by dirty sensors es pecially at times of snow and ice see Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 335 Interference caused by other ultrasonic sig nals e g working jackhammers car wash or the air brakes of trucks can cause the system to send erratic indications and should be taken into consideration ZN Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them Warning The Parktronic system is an electronic aid designed to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers It
148. XCEEDED BY XXX DAYS A SERVICE EXCEEDED BY X DAY In addition a signal sounds when the mes sage appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance ser vice Calling up the maintenance service in dicator gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 148 gt Press button BV or EAN on the mul tifunction steering wheel until the maintenance service indicator with the service symbol or and the service deadline appears in the multi function display If the battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator Do not confuse the maintenance ser vice indicator with the engine oil level indicator BA Resetting the maintenance service indi cator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator re set The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the main tenance service indicator in the mainte nance relevant information for your vehicle Such information is available
149. YS sncsvovcasiseososswrsssnsonsoensonseos 249 Brakes coner 274 Active Body Control ABC Cigarette lighterS eeeeeeeeeeeen 250 DIVINE OTT ariera e 276 fluid level i 2 ccsceexeveresieeeessiureuicarteas 293 Heated steering wheel ParKkiNg cccccccssessecceeseseceeeeaeneees 276 Coolant level oo eeeccseeesee anes 294 except S 55 AMG and aE E AE TN 277 BAU ONY Er 295 S 65 AMG csssesssesssesssesseenees 252 HYCroplaning cccccccccccccceceeeeees 277 Windshield washer system and Telephone cccccceesseceeceeeeeeeeees 253 PS WAC HON ctscnvcienneaessaonanecn 278 headlamp cleaning system 296 TOG PIG cscseestectatenmecascetctceasttewnsanec 254 Tire speed rating ccccceeeeeeeeees 278 Tires and wheels cceeeeeeeeeeceeeeees 297 Garage door Opener eeeeee 263 Winter driving instructions 279 Important guidelines 0 297 Infrared reflecting windshield 269 Standing water ceceeeeccsseeeeeeeee 280 Tire care and maintenance 298 Passenger compartment 281 Direction of rotation 0 00000 300 Driving abroad 28 1 Loading the vehicle ccccccceee 300 Control and operation of Recommended tire radio transmitters s s 281 inflation preSSUre ceesre 306 Catalytic converter 282 Checking tire inflation pressure 308 Emission control essessesseessessessssses 282 Tire labeling sssssoesssssseesereeesseee 313 C
150. able to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems ci 1 Sets current or higher speed 2 Sets current or lower speed 3 Cancels cruise control 4 Resumes at last set speed Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed Briefly lift the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q or depress in the direction of arrow 2 The current speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately five sec onds and the corresponding speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illuminated On uphill or downhill grades cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed Canceling cruise control There are several ways to cancel cruise contr
151. accidents including those i i when resulting from excessive speed in turns or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and e the parking brake is being tested on skillful driver can prevent accidents The ca a brake test dynamometer pabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or danger ous manner which could jeopardize the us er s safety or the safety of others Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system e the vehicle is being towed with the front rear axle raised eN is switched off when the For more information see Practical hints ESP engages gt page 344 The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size gt page 426 Switching off the ESP Warning A N The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circum stances described below Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in stan dard driving maneuvers To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP in driving situations where it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e starting out on slippery surfaces and in deep snow in conjunction with snow chains e in sand or gravel Distronic cannot be activated when the ESP has been switched off When you switch off the ESP the ESP does
152. activated automatically e at high outside temperatures e if the concentration of carbon mon oxide and nitrogen oxide in the out side air increases beyond a predetermined level for example in a tunnel Please note that the charcoal filter must be activated gt page 200 for the air recirculation mode to be activated automatically If you have turned off the air condition ing gt page 202 or the outside tem perature is below 41 F 5 C the air recirculation mode will not switch on automatically Deactivating gt Press button ey gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button goes out Press and hold button for approx imately two seconds The side windows and or tilt sliding sunroof will return to their previous position You can release button once the opening proce dure has begun The windows and tilt sliding sunroof continue opening until they have reached their previous position A window or tilt sliding sunroof will only return to its previous position if it has not been moved to another posi tion using the respective window switch or tilt sliding sunroof switch af ter it was closed with button R J A window or tilt sliding sunroof that was moved will remain in its current posi tion if button f is used to re open the remaining windows or tilt sliding sunroof Controls in detail Automatic climate control The air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically after fiv
153. afely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display 4 0149 8 MILES g 026753 2 1 Trip odometer P54 30 4637 31 2 Main odometer Controls in detail Control system Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display in the speed ometer The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled using the buttons on the multi function steering wheel Operating the control system Selecting the submenu or setting the volume up to increase BE down to decrease 3 Telephone to take a call to end a call 4 Menu systems for next menu mz for previous menu R Moving within a menu WHI OOOO Ni 024 WAS for next display IRI for previous display Pressing any of the buttons on the multi function steering wheel will alter what is shown in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunc tion display is arranged in menus each containing a number of functions or sub menus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD op erations under AUDIO for example These functions serve to call up relevant informa tion or to customize the settings
154. afety Standards 213 and 210 2 Safety and Security Occupant safety A statement by the child restraint man ufacturer of compliance with this stan dard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruc tion manual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to inside of vehicle and to infant or child restraints Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmar compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed t1M1 l BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child
155. age 148 Select radio station Select satel lite radio station USA only Select CD track Select MP3 CD track Menu Telephone Menu 4 NAVI gt page 153 gt page 155 Load phone book Search for name in phone book Select number last dialed Show route guidance in structions current direc tion traveled Menu Distronic gt page 156 Call up set tings Controls in detail Menu 6 Trip computer gt page 157 Fuel consump tion statistics after start Fuel consump tion statistics since the last reset Call up range Control system Menu 7 Vehicle status message memory gt page 159 Call up vehicle mal function warning and system status messages stored in memory Menu Settings gt page 160 Reset to fac tory settings Instrument cluster submenu Lighting submenu Vehicle submenu Convenience submenu Controls in detail Control system The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not neces sarily identical to those shown in the control system displays The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Standard display menu In the standard display the trip odometer and main odometer are shown in the mul tifunction display 4 0143 8 MILES 026753 2 1 Trip
156. age 305 Occupants weight Occupant 1 Occupant 2 Occupant 3 Occupant 4 Occupant 5 Occupant 1 Occupant 2 Occupant 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 180 Ibs 160 Ibs 140 Ibs 120 Ibs 200 Ibs 190 Ibs 150 Ibs 150 Ibs Combined weight of all occupants 750 Ibs 540 Ibs 150 Ibs Available cargo luggage and trailer tongue weight total load limit or vehicle capacity weight from plac ard minus combined weight of all occupants 1500 Ibs 750 Ibs 750 Ibs 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs Certification label Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 305 as to not exceed the permis sible load limit you must make sure that your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehi cle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the Certification la bel The Certification Label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see Technical data gt page 422 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load gt page 305 must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The to tal allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not ex ceed the maximum permissi
157. aining additives that prevent the build up of carbon depos its After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to en gine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be en countered due to lack of availability of gas olines which contain these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles Refer to Factory Approved Service Products Pamphlet for a listing of approved product s Follow di rections on product label Do not blend any other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine opera tion Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending addition al fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles listed in the Fac tory Approved Service Products Pamphlet are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which pro vides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant
158. al maximum permissible speed of the tire All Season and winter tires Index Speed rating Q M S upto 100 mph 160 km h T M S upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S upto 149 mph 240 km h or M S for winter tires Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the moun tain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance require ments of the Rubber Manufacturers As sociation RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Load identification For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels In addition to tire load rating special load information may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the tire speed rating gt page 313 No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire XL Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire Light Load designates a light load tire C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure Operation Tires and wheels DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulat
159. amps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the en gine is running This indicates that the respective systems are operational The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P Getting started Unlocking T SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If the SmartKey cannot be turned inthe Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop but starter switch the battery may not be ton on the gear selector lever corresponds sufficiently charged to turning the SmartKey to the various e Check the battery and charge it if Starter switch positions necessary gt page 408 If you firmly depress the brake pedal dur ing pressing KEYLESS GO start stop but e Geta jump start gt page 411 l i ton the engine starts automatically To prevent accelerated battery dis charge or a completely discharged bat b KEYLESS GO start stop button tery always remove the SmartKey from The function of the SmartKey overrules USA onl the starter switch when the engine Is the KEYLESS GO function o ne 2 Canada only The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be not in operation For information on starting the engine us located in the vehicle ie He OMe ee Searle Win Me gt Make sure the
160. an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle The alarm is canceled Safety and Security Anti theft systems Tow away alarm Once the tow away alarm is armed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle The tow away protection alarm is trig gered for example if the vehicle is lift ed on one side If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 254 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Arming tow away alarm gt Lock your vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The tow away alarm is automatically armed after about 30 seconds Disarming tow away alarm To prevent triggering the tow away alarm switch off the tow away alarm feature be fore towing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train The button is located on the upper part of the front center console ee E E a 1 Indicator lamp 2 Tow away alarm off button gt Switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch You cannot disarm the tow awa
161. and ETD Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoul der In a crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could se verely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash e Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another per son or other objects e Belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to manage impact forces The twisted belt against your body could Cause injuries e Pregnant women should also use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pres sure on the abdomen e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Emergency tensioning device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency ten sioning de
162. ants lubricants etc gt page 434 Brake fluid T If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints gt page 341 For information on brake fluid see Brake fluid gt page 437 Engine oil level For more information on engine oil see Engine oil gt page 288 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For more information on replacing light bulbs see Replacing bulbs gt page 394 For more information see Switching on headlamps gt page 50 Tire inflation pressure For information on tire inflation pressure see Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 308 Vv Engine compartment Hood Warning A N Do not pull the release lever while the vehi cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow Opening The hood lock release lever is located in the driver s footwell to the left of the park ing brake pedal 1 Release lever Pull release lever Q in the direction of arrow The hood is unlocked and handle 2 will extend out of the radiator grille To avoid damage to the windshield wip ers or hood never open the
163. arance A minimum height clearance of 6 ft Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system To stop the opening proce a a system To stop the opening proce dure press button on the Beret teil HOC AEO LAE 00k dure press or pull remote trunk lid SmartKey or SmartKey with switch 2 KEYLESS GO The trunk can also be opened using button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or from its inside in an emergency see Trunk lid emergency release gt page 111 The trunk can also be opened using button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or from its inside in an emergency see Trunk lid emergency release gt page 111 1 Indicator lamp 2 Remote trunk lid switch gt Pull remote trunk lid switch until trunk begins to open The trunk lid opens The indicator lamp Q comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed Limiting opening height of trunk lid Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system The trunk lid opening height can be limited when transporting goods on a roof rack e g presence of an accessory MB sport luggage container When activated the trunk lid opens to approximately the height of the roof edge gt Activate the limiting opening height of trunk lid using the control system gt page 169 Closing the trunk Closing the trunk from the inside auto
164. artKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Good visibility Rear side window sunshade PO 30 2161 31 gt To raise sunshade pull on the tab and engage in holder gt To lower sunshade disengage tab and guide retraction Always guide the sunshade Do not let it snap back abruptly as the retractor could be damaged Controls in detail Automatic climate control P83 40 2604 31 SOEs oe S S SICIe Item Left center air vent adjustable Left air vent fixed Thumbwheel for air volume control for left center air vent Thumbwheel for air temperature control for center air vents Thumbwheel for air volume control for right center air vent Right air vent fixed Right center air vent adjustable Side defroster vent fixed Side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for side air vents Door air vent Automatic climate control panel For draft free ventilation move the slid ers for the center air vents O to the middle position BOO OO GOO Automatic climate control panel OOGQO0QeQOQ 20 FOO Controls in detail Automatic climate control Item Windshield defroster Rear window defroster Di
165. as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual Operation Tires and wheels The recommended tire inflation pres sures for your vehicle can be found on the tire placard located on the drivers door B pillar The tire inflation pres sures are not listed in the owner s man ual Warning A N The tire inflation pressure monitor does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire infla tion pressure according to the placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure monitor is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dra matic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Operating radio transmission equip ment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the tire inflation pressure moni tor to malfunction Warning A N Follow recommend tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden d
166. at armrest 248 In rear seat armrest 249 Opening 249 Curb weight 323 444 Customer Assistance Center CAC 444 D Daytime running lamp mode 133 Setting 165 Deactivating Air conditioner cooling 202 Air recirculation mode 199 Alarm 87 Anti theft alarm system 87 Automatic climate control 195 206 Central locking control system 168 Charcoal filter 200 Defrost 197 Distance warning function 227 Distronic 225 Engine with the SmartKey 57 ESP 82 Exterior lamps 132 Hazard warning flasher 136 Headlamps 57 Immobilizer 85 Interior illumination delayed switch off 167 Limiting opening height of trunk lid 169 Manual shift program S 55 AMG and S65 AMG 185 Rear window defroster 201 Residual heat 203 207 Seat heater 125 126 Seat ventilation 127 Tow away alarm 88 Deceleration With Distronic 221 Deep water see Standing water 280 Defrosting 197 Delayed switch off Interior illumination 167 Department of Transportation see DOT Dialing A number telephone 154 Difficulties While driving see Problems while driving 54 Digital clock 25 Digital speedometer 148 Direction of rotation tires 300 Discharged battery Jump starting 411 Disconnecting Vehicle battery 409 Displays Digital speedometer 148 Distronic 220 Messages 290 Service indicator 329 Showing malfunctions 159 Vehicle status messages 349 Distance Decreasing in Distronic 226 Increasing in Distronic 226 Setting in Distronic 225 Warning functio
167. at bench 117 Seat cushion depth 38 123 seat cushion tilt 38 Seat fore and aft adjustment 38 Seat height 38 Seat inthe lumbar region 123 Seat in the shoulder region 123 Seats 37 Steering column height 40 Steering columninorout 40 Steering column up or down 40 Steering wheel 40 196 206 ADS 229 443 Air bag off indicator lamp 348 Air bags 61 BabySmart air bag deactivation system 73 443 Children 62 Front 65 Passenger 65 Safety guidelines 64 Side impact 66 Window curtain 66 Air conditioning Turning off 202 Turning on 202 Air pressure 323 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air recirculation mode 198 Activating 198 Deactivating 199 Air vents rear passenger compartment Adjustable 204 Air volume Adjusting 197 AIRMATIC 229 Airmatic 229 443 Messages in display 358 Alarm Audible 78 87 89 Canceling 87 89 Visual 86 Alarm system Anti theft 86 Anti theft alarm system indicator lamp 27 Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 385 406 443 Antiglare Automatic 186 Antilock brake system ABS 443 Antilock Brake System see ABS 25 Anti theft alarm system Arming 86 Canceling alarm 87 Disarming 87 Anti theft systems 85 Anti theft alarm system 86 Anti theft alarm system indicator lamp 27 Immobilizer 85 Tow away alarm 88 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning 277 Armrest Storage compartmentinfrontof 243 244 245 246 Ashtray 249 Aspect ratio 323 At the gas station 284 ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid 29
168. at posi 4 Seat cushion depth tion together with the settings for the Seat fore and aft adjustment steering wheel and the exterior rear 6 Seat backrest tilt view mirrors Head restraint height gt Press the switch up or down in the di rection of arrow Q Warning A N For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent Head restraint tilt Np 9 16 2215 31 Manually adjust the angle of the head re straint gt Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possi ble For more information see Seats gt page 114 Getting started Adjusting The feature below is deactivated at the factory for U S vehicles If you wish to have it activated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger seat head restraint automatically lowers after a few sec onds when the front passenger seat is not occupied This improves the driver s outward view as well as the for ward view from the rear passenger co
169. ator alternator Crankshaft 7 Idler pulley 6 Coolant pump 7 Generator alternator Idler pulley 9 Automatic belt tensioner Supercharger Technical data Layout of poly V belt drive S 600 and S 65 AMG 6 amp Q Automatic belt tensioner 2 ABC tandem pump pump for power steering assistance and ABC chassis 3 Air conditioning compressor 4 Crankshaft Coolant pump 6 Generator alternator 7 Idler pulley Idler pulley 9 Idler pulley P13 22 2052 31 Technical data Engine Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt S 350 220 067 112 4 stroke engine gasoline injec tion 6 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 227 3 cu in 3724 cm 10 1 241 hp 5700 rpm 180 kW 5700 rpm 258 Ib ft 3000 4500 rpm 350 Nm 3000 4500 rpm 6000 rpm 1 4 3 6 2 5 2380 mm S 430 220 070 220 170 S 430 4MATIC 220 183 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injec tion 8 3 54 in 89 90 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 260 3 cu in 4266 cm 10 1 275 hp 5750 rpm 205 kW 5750 rpm 295 b ft 3000 4400 rpm 400 Nm 3000 4400 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2380 mm S 500 220 175 S 500 4MATIC 220 184 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injec tion 8 3 82 in
170. away from fuse box in the direction of arrow gt Remove cover rearward Closing gt Press cover back on until it engages Practical hints Fuses Fuse boxes in engine compartment There are three fuse boxes located in the engine compartment in front of the firewall dividing wall between engine compart ment and passenger compartment e one box on the driver s side e two boxes on the front passenger side Fuse box driver s side 1 Cover Slide Fuse box front passenger side 1 Cover Slide gt To open push slides 2 to symbol and remove cover Q To close replace cover Q and press it down and push both slides 2 to symbol EAN T The cover Q must fit properly and the slides 2 must be positioned at symbol MAN as otherwise moisture or dirt may impair the functionality of the fuses Additional fuse box front passenger side 3 Tabs 4 Cover gt To open press tabs together and remove cover 4 gt To close place cover 4 and push it down until it engages The cover 4 must fit properly as oth erwise moisture or dirt may impair the functionality of the fuses Technical data Parts service Warranty coverage Identification labels Layout of poly V belt drive Engine Rims and tires Electrical system Main dimensions and weights Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data Parts service The Technical data
171. ay have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam com ing from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display gt page 363 During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C i e close to the red zone of the tempera ture gauge The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C i e in the red zone of the coolant temperature gauge Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited War ranty Controls in detail Instrument cluster Trip odometer vy Make sure you are viewing the trip odometer display If it is not displayed press the or button on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the trip odometer appears gt page 143 Press and hold reset button gt page 140 until the trip odometer is reset Controls in detail Instrument cluster Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer de notes excessive engine speed Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious en
172. ay is disengaged and slides out a short way y Reinstalling the ashtray insert gt Remove insert from ashtray frame e l y gt Position the insert and press down Reinstalling the ashtray insert while sliding forward gt Install insert by pushing it back into the frame until it engages Controls in detail Useful features Rear door lighter Warning A N Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only To avoid possible injury to children sitting in A A the rear seat deactivate the operation of J f the rear door windows see gt page 77 De Rear door lighters activation of the rear windows also deacti 1 Center console cigarette lighter gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 vates the lighters gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Push in cigarette lighter When leaving the vehicle always remove the gt Lightly touch the back of the ashtray to The lighter will pop out automatically Se a O CREWE spabee 20 when hot from the starter switch take it with you and gt Push in cigarette lighter lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat l l l i tended in the vehicle or with access to an The lighter will pop out automatically The lighter socket can be used to ac unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi when hot commodate electrical accessories up cle equipment may cause an accident to a maximum 180 W and or serious
173. be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable tempo rary use restrictions and speed limita tions indicated on the spare wheel Loading the vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry e The Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the original equipment tires on your vehicle e The Certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehi cle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The Certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle f POO 10 3627 31 1 Driver s door B pillar Follow
174. behind the cov er on the left hand side in the trunk gt Place the CD Q in the recess of the tray 3 label side up gt Push the tray G into the magazine Slide the CD changer door to the right ae in the direction shown by the arrow and press the eject button JZ Operational readiness of CD changer gt Push the magazine into the CD changer 2 in the direction shown by the arrow and close the CD changer door If a CD changer has been installed in the system it can be operated from the COMAND system key pad located in the center dashboard A loaded magazine must be installed for CD playing P82 60 3772 31 a CD 2 CD changer 3 CD tray 4 CD magazine TEL menu Warning A N A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the tele phone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the tele phone when weather road and traffic condi tions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached a
175. ble weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if ap plicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Operation Tires and wheels Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an impor tant weight to measure because it affects the load you can carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is ten percent of the trailer weight and every thing loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recom mend trailer towing with your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Exa
176. bulbs out of reach of children Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Al low the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician type and with the specified watt rating Switch lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits Always use a Clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease If the newly installed bulb does not come on visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center lamps replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Additional turn signal lamps in the exte rior rear view mirrors Bi Xenon lamps High mounted brake lamp Brake lamps Rear side marker lamps Rear parking lamps Have the headlamp adjustment checked regularly Replacing bulbs for front lamps Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following first gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WE gt page 50 gt Open the hood gt page 287 except for side marker lamps P82 10 3101 31 1 Headlamp cover for fog lamp 2 Headlamp cover for high beam halogen headlamp bulb parking and standing lamp
177. c transmission Controls in detail Automatic transmission The automatic transmission selects indi vidual gears automatically depending on e the gear selector lever position D gt page 175 with gear ranges gt page 178 e the selected program mode C S gt page 179 or M C S S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG only gt page 183 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 177 e the vehicle speed Controls in detail Automatic transmission P54 30 8014 31 1 Current gear range gear selector lever position 2 Current program mode The current gear range gear selector lever position and program mode C S or M C S appear in the tachometer display Warning A N It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serio
178. c transmission The steering wheel gearshift buttons are located to the left and right of the steering wheel 1 Left button downshift 2 Right button upshift Controls in detail Automatic transmission You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted in the automatic program mode The following instructions describe opera tion of the steering wheel gearshift control when driving in the automatic program mode C or S For instructions on operating the steering wheel gearshift control and gear selector lever in the manual program mode M see Manual shift program S 55 AMG and S 65 AMC gt page 183 Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press button 1 on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 178 when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Upshifting gt Briefly press button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel The transmission will
179. cal hints Towing the vehicle To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the drivetrain however we recommend the drive shaft be discon nected at the rear axle drive flange ve hicles with 4MATIC disconnected at the front and rear axle drive flanges for any towing beyond a short tow to a nearby garage Warning A N If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system If the SmartKey is left in starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock re move SmartKey from starter switch and re insert Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Adapt your driving accordingly The gear selector lever will remain To signal turns while being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and activate the combina tion switch for the left or right turn sig nal in the usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the haz ard warning flasher will operate
180. catalytic converter and damaged it Give very little gas Have the problem repaired by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle as soon as possible and turn off the engine Allow engine and coolant to cool gt Check the coolant level and add cool ant if necessary gt page 294 Excessive coolant temperatures trigger a warning message in the multifunction display gt page 363 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking gasoline gt Do not start the engine under any cir cumstances gt Notify local fire and or police authori ties If the extent of the damage cannot be de termined gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies e fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Y Parking and locking You have now completed your first drive You have properly stopped and parked your vehicle End your drive as follows Warning J With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and the steering systems In this case it is impor tant to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Warning A N Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as g
181. ck button on the SmartKey gt page 32 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see SmartKey gt page 92 Locking with KEYLESS GO P80 30 217 h 1 Lock button gt After exiting the vehicle press lock button Q on an outside door handle or on the trunk lid gt page 101 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 96 Safety and Security Occupant safety Panic alarm Driving safety systems Anti theft systems Safety and Security Occupant safety In this section you will learn the most im a portant facts about the restraint systems of the vehicle For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re The restraint systems are straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle e Seat belts gt page 71 e Emergency tensioning device e Air bags The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on Child seats e for about four seconds when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to Lower anchors and tethers for children position 1 or press the KEYLESS GO LATCH start stop button
182. ck of anticorrosion and antifreeze concentration e Addition of cleaning concentrate to the water of the windshield and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for below freezing temperatures gt page 440 e Battery test Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to make sure that the engine can be started even at low ambient temperatures e Tire change Winter tires E E Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Can ada RAC and have been designed specif ically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the ABS ESp and 4MATIC in winter operation For safe handling make sure that all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design Warning A N Winter tires with a tread depth under Ve in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Operation Winter driving Always observe the speed rating of the winter
183. cle jack vehicle tool kit luggage bowl spare wheel 384 Unlocking locking in an emergency 388 Unlocking the vehicle 06 388 Locking the vehicle ccce 389 Fuel filler flap cccceecccceeseeeeees 390 Opening closing in an emergency 391 Tilt sliding sunroof eeeeeeeeeees 391 Replacing SmartKey batteries 392 SmartKey ccceesccccessscceeseeccneaees 392 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 393 Replacing bulbs eecccssesceeeeeeeees 394 PUDS aeneon E 395 Replacing bulbs for front lamps 397 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps 399 Replacing wiper blades 666 401 Removing wiper blades 401 Installing wiper blades 402 FLUE INC a N 403 Preparing the vehicle 664 403 Mounting the spare wheel 403 BANE CIy eteiececosshoteesedoameneoeteatenctecsenesaces 408 Disconnecting the battery 409 Removing the battery 409 Charging and reinstalling the battery cccceeseccessesecseeees 409 Reconnecting the battery 410 JUMP Starting ee ceeeeescceeeeeeeeeeees 411 Towing the vehicle ccsscceeseeeeees 413 Installing towing eye bolt 415 POS ree co cate civenciesscaw E E a 416 Aids for replacing fuses 416 Fuse boxes in passenger Compartment cceecesceeeeeeeeees 417 Fuse boxes in engi
184. closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Automatic central locking The doors and the trunk automatically lock when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of ap proximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact ex ceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle e is pushed or towed e is ona test stand You can deactivate the automatic locking using the control system gt page 168 Locking and unlocking from the inside You can lock or unlock the doors and the trunk from inside using the central locking or unlocking switch This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle be fore starting to drive The fuel filler flap will not be locked or un locked with the central locking or unlock ing switch respectively Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle
185. closing the windows Express close gt Press switch 1 to at the symbol aN past the resistance point and release The corresponding window closes com pletely A Warning Driver s door only If within five seconds you again press the switch past the resistance point and re lease the automatic reversal will not func tion If the upward movement of the window is blocked during the closing proce dure the window will stop and open slightly Remove the obstruction press the respective power window switch at the symbol aN again past the resis tance point and release If the window gt gt Controls in detail Power windows gt E still does not close when there is no ob struction press and hold the respec tive power window switch at the symbol J The side window will then close without the obstruction sen sor function Stopping windows during Express op eration gt Briefly press the respective power win dow switch again Synchronizing the power windows The power windows must be synchronized e after the battery has been disconnect ed e if the power windows cannot be fully opened Express open or closed Express close Each power window must be synchronized gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Press and hold switch 4 to at the symbol J until the windows are completely closed Hold on to switches 1 to for ap proximately one second
186. collision Warning Complex driving situations are not al ways fully recognized by Distronic This could result in wrong or missing dis tance warnings Controls in detail Driving systems ACHVAUNE caine N S ONG Distronic regulates only the distance be gt Press button 1 This section describes a number of driving tween your vehicle and those directly ahead The indicator lamp on the button situations where special precaution Is re of it but does not register stationary objects quired on the part of the driver Be pre in the road e g comes on A loudspeaker symbol ap pears in the multifunction display pared to brake in such situations which will e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam deactivate the Distronic system gt page 222 e a disabled vehicle Deactivating Warning A N ii eas The driver must always be on the alert ob gt Press button Q EE to ima E ean serve all traffic and intercede as required by The indicator lamp on the button goes lected by the driver unless a moving obsta steering or braking the vehicle out cle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g fol lowing another vehicle ahead of you at a dis Warning A tance set by Distronic This means that Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy e e F Your vehicle can pass another vehicle road conditions after you change lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in front is in a s
187. contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You can be seriously burned Do not drive without a sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling sys tem The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Display COOLANT WOE MENGINE OFE Warning A N Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Possible cause The coolant is too hot During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle and turn off the engine gt Only start the engine again after the mes sage disappears You could otherwise damage the engine Practical hints What to do if Display COOLANT MOR T ENGINE OFE Possible cause The poly V belt could b
188. cupant safety Child seat anchors LATCH type This vehicle is equipped with two LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren type anchors at each of the rear seats for the installation of a LATCH child seat with the matching anchor fittings If you have not installed a child seat the LATCH anchor are covered with an uphol stery blend n Vro arg E M 0 ao P91 40 2401 31 1 Indicates the position of the anchors 2 Anchors 3 Upholstery blend 4 Installation device gt gt Safety and Security Occupant safety gt gt gt Move rear power seats bench to the rearmost position gt page 117 Fold upholstery blend 3 upward Turn installation device to a vertical position so that upholstery blend does not fold down Install child seat according to the man ufacturer s instructions A solid connection is established be tween the child seat and the body of the vehicle Do not adjust rear power seat bench position after installing child restraint A Vehicles with adjustable rear seats bench Never adjust the rear seat position after in stalling the child restraint Adjusting the rear seat position after installing the child re straint could damage the child restraint and or introduce undesirable slack into the webbing and loosen or misposition the child restraint lessening the effectiveness of the child restraint and thus increasing the chance or sever
189. cy Tensioning Device Device which deploys in certain frontal and rear collisions exceeding the sys tem s threshold to tighten the seat belts gt SRS FSS Canada vehicles Flexible Service System Maintenance service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle mainte nance service is due FSS evaluates engine temperature oil level vehicle speed engine speed distance driven and the time elapsed since your last maintenance service and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating gt page 323 Gear range Number of gears which are available to the automatic transmission for shifting The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the selector lever GPS Global Positioning System Satellite based system for relaying geographic location information to and from vehicles equipped with special re ceivers Employs DVD digital maps for navigation GVW Gross Vehicle Weight gt page 323 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating gt page 324 Instrument cluster The displays and indicator warning lamps in the driver s field of vision in cluding the tachometer speedometer engine temperature and fuel gauge KEYLESS GO System for entering and operating the vehicle without the use of a SmartKey Kickdown Depressing the accelerator past the point of resistance shifts the trans
190. cycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Y Jump starting Warning A N Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the bat tery of another vehicle Observe the follow ing e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic convert er are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only use 12 volt battery to jump start your vehicle Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the ve hicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Lim
191. d by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper proce dures We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore infor mation illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instruc tions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Oper ator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission
192. d open the driver s door For information on the steering wheel see Steering wheel gt page 40 Telephone Warning A N Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes Benz Please contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for informa tion on the installation of an approved external antenna Refer to the radio trans mitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Warning A N Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle A drivers attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdicti
193. d the selected program mode C S are indicated in the tachometer display gt page 174 Never change the program mode when the gear selector lever is out of position P This could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared a The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted Controls in detail Automatic transmission gt Press program mode selector switch Q repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the tachometer display Select C for comfort driving e The vehicle starts out in second gear both forward and reverse for gentler starts This does not apply if full throttle is applied or gear range 1 is selected e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower roms and the wheels are less likely to spin Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting Even with an automatic transmission you can change the gears manually and limit or extend the gear range for automatic shift ing with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode C or S Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only wh
194. de 664 198 Cruise control ccscsecceeeesceees 215 and SOD AMG rareco at 183 Charcoal filter cccsseessseees 200 IIS TFOMIG miinaa A 218 Emergency operation Rear window defrostef 66 201 Arma G eran e 229 Limp Home Mode 0006 185 Air CONCITIONING ccssesceeeeeeeees 202 Active Body Control ABC 232 Residual heat and ventilation 202 Parktronic system Parking assist ccceeeesceeeeeeeees 235 LOANS sisiran 239 LS At the gas station a n 284 ROOT TACK vncciccssaisnsrnsorcioveieenceisaiees 239 Operation 0 a 27 1 Refueling cecnearescetcetartiontentcemsacseneute 284 Loading instructions 00008 240 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 272 Check regularly and before Cargo tie down hooks 5 240 Driving instructions cccccseeeecees 273 a long UO cctsesncnocesmenneenewensernsenoenss 285 Useful features eee ceeeecceeeeeeeeeee 241 Drive sensibly save fuel 273 Engine compartment cccceee 287 Vanity MILTOLS cccccceceeeceeeeeeeeees 241 Drinking and driving ccc0008 273 POO e 287 Storage compartments 242 POG GIG taraviaconocnebratnecncsacteotokanans 273 Engine Oil ccccceeesseeecceeeeeeeeees 288 Cup ave s lt 1 eee ee en re 248 Power ASSISTANCE cc cee eeceeeeeeeee 273 Transmission fluid level 293 AShtrA
195. de the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the side air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the air bag be triggered Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and appropriate size in fant or child restraint system e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart M compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deacti vate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fa tal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injuries to you or other occu pants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety in formation Be sure to give the buyer this Op erator s Manual BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp Warning A N Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the front
196. delines for the seat belt emergency tensioning device and air bag Warning A N e Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only belts in stalled or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic emergency tensioning devices ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that was activated must be replaced PRE SAFE has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners in addition to the pyrotechnic ETDs e No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or re moving any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the front seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of addition al electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free from objects e g packages purs es umbrellas etc Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide ade quate protection Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coa
197. dis tance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 2 towards Rye Decreasing distance Decreasing the distance setting causes Distronic to maintain a shorter following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 2 towards BFA Distance warning function When Distronic is deactivated this func tion will continue to warn you when recog nizing a slower vehicle moving in the vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning sounds If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead When pressing the brake pedal the warn ing sound stops The warning sound also stops when the distance to the vehicle ahead is sufficient again without applying the brake pedal In this case the distance warning lamp also extinguishes A If the Distronic warning lamp in the in strument cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds im mediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a pos sible obstacle However do not drive by re lying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking ap plication Especially depending on road sur face conditions and driver reaction this will not always enable you to avoid a
198. ds It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effec tiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci dent To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet road surfaces particularly salted roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes If your brake system is normally only sub jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 80 If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument clus ter stays on the brake fluid level in the res ervoir is too low Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the res ervolr Have the brake system inspected immedi ately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz A If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recomm
199. ds of un locking if e neither a door nor the trunk is opened e the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch e the central locking switch is not acti vated Global locking gt Press button eg With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey so that pressing only unlocks the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about five seconds until battery check lamp flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as fol lows Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap gt Press button once All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knob in the driver s door moves up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global unlocking gt Press button twice All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global locking gt Press button BAN With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about six seconds until battery check lamp flashes twice If you can no longer lock or unlock t
200. duce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of inadvertent vehicle movement be fore turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle when leaving Set the parking brake whenever park ing or leaving the vehicle In addition move gear selector lever to position P When parking on hills always turn front wheels towards the road curb Tires AN If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possi ble damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the road Warning Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have it towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for re pairs Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and be come visible at a tread de
201. e Getting started Parking and locking With the driver s door closed the start er switch is now in position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch gt page 34 Press the seat belt release button gt page 44 Allow the retractor to completely re wind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate If you hear a warning signal you have either e forgotten to turn off the lights be fore opening the driver s door or e tried to turn off the engine while the gear selector lever is not in P Turn off the lights or place the gear se lector lever in P Getting started Parking and locking Locking A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Be espe cially careful when small children are around Warning Before closing doors make sure there is no possibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Locking with the SmartKey gt After exiting the vehicle press the lo
202. e S and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available pre mixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Follow suggested mixing ratios gt page 442 Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their Suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance system U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are
203. e Assistance button Controls in detail Useful features Roadside Assistance button gt Press and hold the button for longer than two seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside As sistance dispatcher will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display and the audio system is muted When the connection is established the message CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals Controls in detail Useful features A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established gt Describe the nature of the need for as sistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may ap ply Refer to the Roadside Assistance Man ual for more information Sign and Drive services only available in the USA Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are ob tainable o The indicator lamp in the Roadside As sistance button remains i
204. e COMAND operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Select satellite radio station USA only The satellite radio is treated as a radio ap plication gt Turn on COMAND and select satellite radio with the corresponding key on the COMAND control panel SAT gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the currently tuned sta tion in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system saT 1 THEPULSE 2 P54 32 3192 31 N H 1 SAT mode and preset number 2 Channel name or number gt Press button BV or EAN repeatedly until the desired channel is found I O Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satel lite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Controls in detail Control system Select CD track gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly Select MP3 CD track gt Turn on COMAND and select CD Refer Bn F UGSNEA TAE pele Clee gt Turn on COMAND and select MP3 CD to separate COMAND operating in J 0O Refer to separate COMAND operating ES CD changer To select a CD from the aE gt Press button or repeatedly magazine press a number on the gt Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the CD currently COMAND
205. e SmartKey see Sum mer opening feature gt page 210 and Convenience closing feature gt page 211 You can close and reopen the windows using the air recirculation button or the charcoal filter button EM in the climate control panel gt page 193 Operating the windows from the rear is not possible if you activate the override switch gt page 77 With the SmartKey in starter switch po sition O or removed from the starter switch the power windows can be op erated e until you open the driver s or front passenger door e for at least five minutes gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Opening the windows gt Press switch Q to at the symbol BJ to the resistance point The corresponding window will move downwards until you release the switch Closing the windows gt Press switch Q to at the symbol AN to the resistance point The corresponding window will move upwards until you release the switch AN If you press and hold the switch up when closing the window and upward movement of the window is blocked by some obstruc tion including but not limited to arms hands fingers etc the automatic reversal will not operate Warning Fully opening the windows Express open gt Press switch Q to at the symbol BV past the resistance point and release The corresponding window opens com pletely Controls in detail Power windows Fully
206. e broken Possible solution gt gt Stop the vehicle and immediately turn off the engine Check the poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Restart the engine only after the message disappears from the multifunction dis play Doing so could result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt page 24 Drive immediately to the nearest autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Adjust driv ing to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Display rn e COOLANT VISIT WORKSHOP CRUISE CONTROL DRIVE TQ WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP D REA ADERE TINE VISIT WORKSHOP DOOR OPEN Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Possible solution The cooling fan for the coolant is malfunc gt Observe the coolant temperature display onie gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possi ble Cruise control or Distronic is malfunc gt Have cruise control or Distronic tioning checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The instrument cluster display is malfunc Continue driving with added caution onne gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as
207. e con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation in structions regarding use of an external an tenna Operation Driving instructions Catalytic converter Your Mercedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial con trol of the pollutants in the exhaust emis sions Keep your vehicle in proper operating condition by following our rec ommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Maintenance Booklet To prevent damage to the catalytic con verters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and potentially start a fire Warning A N As with any vehicle do not idle park or op erate this vehicle in areas where combusti ble materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly ac cording to factory specifications Any ad justments
208. e following in your own best interest We recommend using genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitabili ty for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in indi vidual cases an official approval or authori zation by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and acces sories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Introduction Product information Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories ap proved by us are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive comprehensive information also on permissible technical modifications and where proper installation will be per formed Introduction Operator s Manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the in structions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in dam age to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage cause
209. e inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read tire inflation pressure on tire gauge and check against the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 306 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure If you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Checking tire inflation pressure electronically The tire inflation pressure monitor only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pressure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in tire inflation pressure in one or more of the tires You can call up the tire inflation pressure monitoring display using the control system gt page 143 After you have reactivated the tire infla tion pressure monitor the current tire inflation pressures will only be shown after a few minutes driving time During this time you will see the follow ing message in the multifunction dis play TIRE PRES DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINUTES Possible differences between
210. e minutes if the outside temper ature is below approximately 41 F 5 C after five minutes if the air conditioning is turned off after 30 minutes if the outside temper ature is above approximately 41 F 5 C At outside temperatures above 79 F 26 C the system will not automatically switch back to outside air A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Controls in detail Automatic climate control Charcoal filter D j l Warning A Press and hold button Ej for approx An activated charcoal filter markedly re imately two seconds The side windows duces bad odors and removes pollutants Never operate the side windows and the oe yaa i S Pen and or tilt sliding sunroof will return to from air entering the passenger compart tilt sliding sunroof if there is the possibility Le their previous position You can release ment of anyone being harmed by the closing pro Rennes button EE once the opening proce etivati l dure has begun The windows and ctivating In the event that the procedure causes po tilt sliding sunroof continue opening gt Press button EEJ gt page 193 tential danger the closing of the side win until they have reached their previous dows can be immediately halted by pressing position ee ele arr tarp On We Puro the respective window switch The closing of cee the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately A window or tilt sliding sunroof will Q halted b
211. e parking brake pedal Your fuel tank is empty gt After refuelling start turn off and re start the engine three or four times in succession The limp home mode is canceled You do not need to have your vehicle checked Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The yellow engine malfunc A loss of pressure has been detected inthe gt Check the fuel cap gt page 284 USA only tion indicator lamp comes fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed l i If it is not closed properly iy on while driving properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Close the fuel cap Canada only If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp The fuel level has gone below the reserve gt Refuel at the next gas station comes on while driving mark gt page 284 Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution Only vehicles with Distronic You are too close to the vehicle in front of gt Apply the brakes immediately to in The red distance warning lamp you to maintain selected speed crease the following distance comes on while driving Only vehicles with Distronic e You are gaining too rapidly on the vehi Apply the brakes immediately Tine Were Ste te one ole ANEEL yos Carefully observe the traffic situation H D ae ies le ies The distance
212. e sunroof closed 4 Push back to slide sunroof open Warning A N When closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The closing procedure of the tilt sliding sun roof can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was moved past the resistance point and released by mov ing the switch in any direction The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions The tilt sliding sunroof
213. e tray Do not let bank cards credit cards or other cards with a magnetic strip come near the storage tray as a magnet built into the tray could erase or change the information on the card Compartment for glasses The compartment for glasses is located un der the armrest in the center console 1 Compartment for glasses Opening compartment for glasses gt Lift the right side of the armrest up wards Controls in detail Useful features Telephone holder The telephone holder is located under the armrest in the center console i i i i 7 p a i ETIT ie Wy i kt Ey hy Sa a T M 1 Telephone holder Opening telephone holder gt Lift the right side of the armrest up wards Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartments in the rear pas senger compartment Armrest with integrated storage com partment 1 Rear armrest 2 Lid handle Opening the storage compartment gt Pull down the armrest by its strap gt Press handle 2 and lift lid Eg Before storing the armrest in the back rest close the storage compartment lid Storage compartment between rear seats 1 Cover Opening gt Slide cover Q rearward Closing gt Slide cover Q forward s rf f F f P68 00 3041 31 Storage compartment in rear shelf 1 Rear shelf compartment Opening gt Lift the lid using the handle in the fro
214. e underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the ve hicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair fa cility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you a re familiar with the following information and rules the safety precautions in this manual the Technical data section in this manual traffic rules and regulations motor vehicle laws and safety stan dards A Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Re moval of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or per sonal injury Warning Introduction Problems with your vehicle Y Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary con
215. e ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury 1 Adjusting steering column in or out 2 Adjusting steering column up or down gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 or gt Open the drivers door tion of arrow 2 Make sure your legs can move freely and all the displays incl malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible The memory function gt page 128 lets you Store settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the exterior rear view mirrors and the seat position For more information see Heated steer ing wheel except S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG gt page 252 Mirrors Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic condi tions Warning A N In case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely removed while in their liq uid state and by applying plenty of wa ter Interior rea
216. ear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For ex ample a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Operation Tires and wheels Traction The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades rep resent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Warning Operation Tires and wheels Temperature The temperature grades are A the high est B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and ex cessive temperature can lead to sudden
217. eat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Safety and Security Occupant safety A Warning Warning When using a BabySmart compatible Do not place powered on laptops cell f child seat on the front passenger seat the phones electronic tags such as those used passenger front air bag will not deploy only in ski passes and like electronic devices on ygs if the wien luminated indicator lamp remains il the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart system Such signal interference for exam ple may cause the indicator lamp not to come on or be continuously lit during self test indicating that the system is not functioning Make sure to check the indica tor lamp every time you use the special sys tem child seat Should the indicator lamp go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the P91 40 2400 31 1 Cover of top anchorage ring gt Remove cover Q from anchorage ring indicator lamp remains out do gt Store cover Q in a convenient place not use the BabySmart restraint to trans Installation of infant and child restraint e g glove box port children on the front passenger seat un systems gt
218. echanical key to lock the driver s door gt page 388 e Have the vehicle battery and the battery connections checked If the battery is checked within signal gt page 408 range of the vehicle pressing the If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is button or will lock or unlock malfunctioning contact an authorized the vehicle accordingly Mercedes Benz Center Global locking using the lock button on Checking the battery the trunk lid gt Press button or a Q Battery check lamp comes on brief To prevent a possible inadvertent lock ly to indicate that the SmartKey with out the trunk will open automatically if KEYLESS GO battery is in order a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk If battery check lamp G does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey battery with KEYLESS GO is discharged Replace the battery gt page 392 You can obtain the required battery at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Controls in detail Locking and unlocking P54 25 2923 31 1 Lock button gt Press lock button Q on the trunk lid All turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed a You can also lock the vehicle using the lock button on an outside door handle page 58 or vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt page 109 Controls in detail
219. eck Operation Engine compartment Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the automatic transmission Active Body Control ABC fluid level Regular fluid level check is not required If you notice fluid leaks or malfunction mes sages in the multifunction display have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the ABC system Operation Engine compartment Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground and e the engine must be cool Warning A N In order to avoid any possibly serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indi cates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure Using a rag slowly open the cap approx imately We turn to relieve excess pres sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out un der pressure Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antif
220. ed INES PENE wie vente Wace in impacts which do not exceed the sys e in certain vehicle rollovers tem s deployment threshold The front passenger side impact air bag will only deploy if the system senses that the front passenger seat is occupied Seat belts When the engine is started the seat belt telltale illuminates to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened be fore the engine is started the seat belt telltale illuminates and a warning chime sounds for approximately six sec onds when the engine Is started Always wear your seat belt All vehicle oc cupants always need to have their seat belts fastened and wear them properly In addition applicable motor vehicle safety laws require you to wear seat belts Even where this is not the case we strongly rec ommend that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened and wear them properly For more information see Fastening the seat belts gt page 43 For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 71 Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases you
221. ed SRS indicator lamp There is a malfunction in the restraint sys Drive with added caution to the nearest comes on while driving tems The air bags or emergency tensioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident Warning A N In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could result in an acci dent and or injury to you or to others Practical hints What to do if Lamp in center console Lamp Problem Possible cause xy The indicator lamp comes A BabySmart child seat is installed AIR BAG on on the front passenger seat Therefore the passenger front air bag is switched off The indicator lamp comes The system is malfunctioning on if there is no BabySmart child seat installed on the front pas senger seat The indicator lamp does The system is malfunctioning not come on with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the front passenger seat BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Suggested solution Have the system checked as soon as possible by an au
222. ed weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example B Seating capacity The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity Your vehicle is COLD TIRE PRESSURE equipped with either placard Example A or placard Example B located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 300 Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Seating VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHICLE CAPACITY e ES ee SEATING CAPACITY 1 Load limit information on the Vehicle Tire Information placard data are specific to each vehicle and The placard showing the load limit informa may vary from data shown in the illus tion is located on the driver s door B pillar trations below Refer to placard on ve If your vehicle is equipped with the Vehicle hicle for actual data specific to your Tire Information placard Example B vehicle locate the heading Vehicle Capacity Weight on this placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue if applicable should never exceed the weight listed next to vehicle capacity weight rl e E Tenur n EAE aY SEATIN PACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR 3 H The combined weigh of occupants and cargo should never exceed
223. eels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel Adapt your driving style accordingly Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12000 miles 20000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an acci dent and possible injuries The spare wheel should only be used tempo rarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickly as possible Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the vehicle If you are unable to unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO open the driver s door and the trunk using the me chanical key Unlocking the driver s door and or the trunk with the mechanical key will trig ger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the starter switch Removing the mechanical key P80 20 2390 31 1 Mechanical key locking tab 2 Mechanical key gt Move locking tab in the direction of arrow Slide mechanical key 2 out of the housing Unlocking the driver s door 1 Unlocking gt Insert the mechanical key into the driv er
224. eep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Q Mirror cover 2 Mirror lamp 3 Document holder P68 60 2092 31 gt To use mirror lift up cover Q Mirror lamp 2 comes on If you disengage the sun visor from mounting mirror lamp will switch off gt page 190 Controls in detail Useful features Adjusting the vanity mirror gt Slide the mirror to the left or to the right Images in the mirror appear in normal size or larger depending on the posi tion of the mirror Document holder You can use the plastic tab of the docu ment holder 3 to hold admission tickets parking passes or similar items in place Controls in detail Useful features Vanity mirror in the rear T The vanity mirrors are located in the roof Before tilting a front seat backrest from lining for the rear seat passengers the reclined position to an upright posi tion close the respective vanity mirror in the rear Otherwise the vanity mirror may get damaged Storage compartments Warning A N To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put lug gt Press the cover of the vanity mirror gage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs _Pe2 00 2189 39 Opening the vanity mirror The vanity mirror folds
225. eflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 300 Over loading the tires can overheat them possi bly causing a blowout Reactivating the tire inflation pressure monitor The tire inflation pressure monitor must be reactivated in the following situations e If you have changed the tire inflation pressure e If you have replaced the wheels or tires e If you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is cor rect gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu appears in the multifunction display gt page 143 gt Press button a or Ref repeatedly until you see the current tire inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunction display or the following message appears in the multifunction display TIRE PRES DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINUTES If you are transporting a deflated tire in the vehicle do not activate the tire inflation pressure monitor until e the deflated tire is no longer in the vehicle e you have inflated the tire to t
226. ehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Practical hints Flat tire Preparing the vehicle gt Take vehicle tool kit tray and vehicle jack out of trunk gt Take the spare wheel out of wheel well gt page 384 Lifting the vehicle gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks not included or other sizeable ob jects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable suitable objects in front of and one be hind the wheel that is diagonally oppo site to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should cir cumstances require you to do so ona hill place the wheel chocks or other sizeable suitable objects as follows gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable Suitable objects on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the axle not being worked on A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built both sides of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area un der the lifted
227. em Right display with Seat belt telltale EJ High beam headlamp indicator lamp Antilock Brake System ABS indicator lamp Reset button O Display with e Gear selector lever position e Program mode e Digital clock see COMAND operating instructions 9 Multifunction display with e Trip odometer e Main odometer Page 345 50 340 140 174 174 141 141 O At a glance Instrument cluster Item Outside temperature indicator Left display with SRS Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Brake warning lamp USA only Brake warning lamp Canada only R Engine malfunction in dicator lamp USA only Engine malfunction in dicator lamp Canada only Tire inflation pressure warning lamp Knob for instrument cluster il lumination Page 142 347 341 341 342 342 346 140 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Item Page Multifunction display 143 Operating control system 143 Selecting the submenu or 144 setting the volume Press button up to increase E down to decrease 3 Telephone 153 Press button to take a call to dial a call to end a call to reject an incoming call Item Page 4 Menu systems 144 Press button for next menu for previous menu Moving within a menu 144 Press button Wag for next display B for previous display At a glance Center cons
228. emory MENU cccceeeeeceeeeeeees 159 view MIITOIS ccseseeceesecceesseeees 188 Opening and closing the power Settings MENU cccccesesceseeseees 160 SUN VIS OFS o N 190 WIMGOWS sicccscasssnneccepercesasicamsseseabanes 208 Automatic tranSMiSSION 000008 173 Rear window sunshade 191 synchronizing the power Gear selector lever position 175 Rear side window sunshade 191 WINGOWS cionn r TEA 210 DIVINE UDS eaa savenees 177 Automatic climate control 192 Summer opening feature 210 Gear ranges sseesssesssserssseresseees 178 Deactivating the climate Convenience closing feature 211 Automatic shift program 179 control SYSTEM sccccnseseceeeees 195 Power tilt sliding sunroof 06 212 Gear selector lever one touch Setting the temperature 195 Opening and closing the power gearshifting ce eeeeeecccceeeeeeeeeeees 180 Adjusting air distribution 196 tilt Sliding SUNFOOF ceeceeeeeeeees 212 Steering wheel gearshift control Adjusting air volume 0cccee 197 synchronizing the power one touch gearshifting S 55 AMG Maximum cooling MAXCOOL 197 tilt sliding SUNLOOF ccceeeeeeeees 214 and SOO AMG ureten 181 DETOSTING suiviesae eerie aatentasbasaees 197 Driving SYStEMS ccccccceeseeecneeees 215 Manual shift program S 55 AMG Air recirculation mo
229. en the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simulta neously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 178 To avoid overrevving the engine when the gear selector lever is moved to the D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Upshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simul taneously extends the gear range of the transmission Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction until D reappears in the tachometer display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shif
230. ency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message CONNECTING CALL appears in the multifunction display and the audio system is muted When the con nection is established the message CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the ve hicle determined by the GPS satellite loca tion system vehicle model identification number and color are generated Controls in detail Useful features A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon af ter the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to deter mine more precisely the nature of the acci dent provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle The Tele Aid system is available if it has been activated and is operation al Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Response Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Re sponse Center A If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center e
231. ended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Warning When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps pre vent overheating of the brakes and re duces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream can cool down the brakes faster High performance brake system S 65 AMG only The high performance brake system is de signed to operate under the extremely high operating demands required to accommo date the performance capabilities of the vehicle The brakes may produce a squeak ing type noise depending on the e vehicle speed e brake force applied e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity As with any brake system the wear of indi vidual brake system components such as brake pads or disks strongly depends on your driving style and the conditions under which you operate the vehicle Thus a driv ing style calling for high demand braking will cause your vehicle s brakes to wear more quickly Operation Driving instructions A New vehicle brake pads and discs and replacement brake pads and discs may take several hundred miles of driving until they provide optimum braking efficiency Until
232. engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Operation At the gas station Refueling Warning VAN Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extin guish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO automatically locks un locks the fuel filler flap P88 60 2073 31 gt Turn the engine off by turning the SmartKey to position 0 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 Open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch Is now in position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch Open the fuel filler flap by pushing at the point indicated by the arrow The fuel filler flap springs open Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure is released Take off the cap and set it in the recess on the fuel filler flap To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air fully insert filler nozzle unit Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top up or over fill Wa
233. ent and or serious personal injury gt gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking bb Closing the trunk from the outside gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with Warning N vehicles with KEYLESS GO KEYLESS GO with you Only drive with the trunk closed as among In oi with trunk lid opening closing Press trunk lid closing switch other dangers such as blocked visibility ex Syston you ae close the trunk Separa briefly haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior ly lia outside using the trunk lid clos The trunk lid closes ing switch You can also close the trunk by hand Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly To prevent a possible inadvertent lock out the trunk lid will open automatical ly if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle or in the trunk C Trunk lid closing switch Warning A N Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when c
234. ent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey to high levels of electromagnetic radiation USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment You can also open and close the power windows gt page 210 and tilt sliding sunroof gt page 210 using the SmartKey Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Factory setting Global unlocking gt Press button Ep All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 secon
235. ent wiping 52 Replacing wiper blades 401 Single wipe 53 Switching on 52 Wiping with windshield washer fluid 53 Winter driving 327 Block heater Canada only 328 Snow chains 328 Tires 327 Winter driving instructions 279 Winter tires 327 Wiper blades Cleaning 335 Installing 402 Removing 401 Replacing 401 Wiping And washing simultaneously 53 Interval 52 With windshield washer fluid 53 Wood trims Cleaning 338 Wrench wheel vehicle tool kit 385 X Xenon headlamps Bi Xenon 444 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes Benz parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com or www mercedes benz ca Warning A To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center
236. er switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the power seats can be operated when the respective door is open Therefore do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmar compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Other wise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result t1M1 According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt and top tether strap or secured via lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufactur er s instructions b gt BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp
237. er to help prevent spilling liquids on may cause an accident and or serious per vehicle occupants and or vehicle equip ment only use containers that fit into the Some UEUN cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the Cup holder in front of seat armrest contents especially hot liquids could spill T during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occu pants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the gt Open the storage compartment in front Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty of armrest gt page 244 Only place containers with a maximum diameter of 2 aia in 72 mm in the cup holder Larger containers could dam 1 Button for folding out the cup holder age the holder arm P68 00 3705 31 When not in use keep the cup holder gt Push button a closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an acci dent The cup holder opens automatically Controls in detail Useful features Folding in cup holder Cup holder in rear seat armrest Ashtrays Center console ashtray gt P68 00 3706 31 P91 27 3036 31 1 Cup holder 1 Compartment for cup holder gt Swing cup holder Q back and press it into the storage compartment until it OPEmDE CUP NOIEI 1 Cover plate engages
238. eration differences arising from returning to preset speed could cause an accident and or seri ous injury you and others gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 4 gt page 222 Distronic is set to the last stored speed Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments celeration e g for passing the cruise gt Remove your foot from the accelerator control resumes the last speed set pedal Setting a lower speed Faster gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow 4 gt page 222 direction of arrow 2 gt page 222 to decrease vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h Deactivating Distronic There are several ways to deactivate the Distronic system gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow gt page 222 or gt Step on the brake pedal Distronic will be deactivated The last speed set will be stored into memory The following message will appear in the multifunction display for approxi mately five seconds DISTRONIC OFF The last stored speed is deleted when you turn off the engine Distronic deactivates automatically when e You set the parking brake e You drive slower than 22 mph 35 km h e The ESP engages gt page 81 or you switch off the ESP e You move the gear selector lever into position N A sig
239. ercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care prod ucts Power washer When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe the manufac turer s operating instructions a Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approx 3 ft approx 1 m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connec tors seals or other rubber parts Operation Vehicle care Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up normally every three to five months depending on climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in
240. eristics A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Overinflated tire inflation pressure Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wear e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Tire labeling Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires P40 10 3561 31 1 Uniform Quality Grading Standards gt page 320 2 DOT Tire Identification Number TIN gt page 318 3 Maximum tire load gt page 319 4 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 320 Manufacturer 6 Tire ply material gt page 322 7 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 313 Load identification gt page 317 9 Tire name For illu
241. erwise their protective function cannot be ensured Placing power head restraints upright Keep the area around head restraints clear rear outer seats of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 eee folding operation of the head restraints gt Press and hold switch Q in the front Q Head restraint switch rear center console and hold Controls in detail Seats Head restraint tilt You can adjust the angle manually by pull ing or pushing the head restraints by hand Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possi ble A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Warning Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the seat s lumbar support to help enhance support to your spine The thumbwheel for the driver s and front passenger seat are located on the inner side of the seat z P91 25 2158 31 1 Thumbwheel gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Set the lumbar support between 0 and 5 Multicontour backrest The multicontour backrest has inflatable air cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side sup
242. es The glossary provides explanations of the most important technical terms The table of contents and the index are de signed to help you find information quickly and easily The following publications are part of your vehicle documentation e this Operators Manual e the Maintenance Booklet Separate operating instructions will be provided as required depending on the equipment options installed in your vehi cle Introduction Symbols Y Symbols Registered trademarks gt This symbol points to instructions for ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trade Warning AN you to follow marks of DaimlerChrysler gt A number of these symbols appearing Warning notices draw your attention to haz as in succession indicates a multiple step The following symbols are found in this ards that may endanger your health or life Operator s Manual or the health or life of others procedure i Optional equipment is identified gt Page This symbol tells you where to with an asterisk Since standard T look for further information on a equipment varies between models n l topic a Seed Highlights hazards that may result in the descriptions and illustrations in damage to your vehicle gt gt This continuation symbol marks this manual may differ slightly from es jel of hi an interrupted procedure which cic oe ie will be continued on the next cle a page Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt
243. example garage door openers gate openers or other devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems You can program the signal transmitter buttons P68 05 2088 31 Remote control integrated into the interior rear view mirror Indicator lamp 2 8 Signal transmitter button Hand held transmitter button 6 Hand held remote control trans mitter not part of the vehicle equipment Controls in detail Useful features A Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate op erator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent po tential harm or damage Warning When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When program ming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safe ty stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufac tured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Controls in detail Useful features Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener If you should experience diffi culties with programming the transmit ter contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz C
244. excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Warning A N Read and observe the additional warning no tices printed in the Safety and Security section gt page 64 P91 40 2347 J1 1 Release button 2 Buckle 3 Latch plate gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the seat belt outlet gt Place the shoulder portion of the belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate G into buckle until it clicks gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Proper use of seat belts e Do not twist the belt when fastening e Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the belt under your arm e Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips over hip joint and not across the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a nearly up right position Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a per son a
245. f The interior lighting switches off automati 3 Right reading lamp on off cally following an adjustable time delay 4 Rocker switch for automatic Front interior lighting For more information see Interior lighting P aa MOEREN contro on on delayed switch off gt page 167 switch Q IO The front interior lighting switches on Leaving an interior light switch in the gt Press the symbol on rocker If the door remains open the interior lighting switches off automatically after SEE AGAN ON position for extended periods of time with the engine turned off could approximately five minutes The front interior lighting switches off result in a discharged battery The automatic control function is acti vated 137 Controls in detail Lighting Rear interior lighting gt Press switch 2 on the symbol The rear compartment lighting switch es on Press switch 2 on the symbol again The rear compartment lighting switch es off The setting selected for the interior lighting is used for the trunk lighting as well If the trunk lid remains open the trunk lighting switches off automatically after approximately ten minutes Reading lamps in the front The reading lamps are integrated into the interior rear view mirror gt Press reading lamp switch or to switch on the desired reading lamp gt Press reading lamp switch or again to switch off the respective
246. flat tire A flat tire affects sive heat build up and possibly a fire the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution MIREPRET MONTOR The tire inflation pressure monitor is un gt Remove any extra wheel sensors from the ve CURRENTLY able to monitor the tire inflation pressure hicle UNAVAILABLE due to As soon as the causes of the malfunction have e the presence of several wheel sensors been removed the tire inflation pressure moni in the vehicle tor automatically becomes active again e excessive wheel sensor temperatures e a nearby radio interference source e unrecognized wheel sensors installed TURE PIRES EMONITOR The tire inflation pressure monitor or a gt Have the tire inflation pressure monitor NOT OPERATIONAL wheel sensor is malfunctioning checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz DRIVE TO WORKSHOP Center A wheel without proper sensor was in gt Have the wheels checked stalled Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution TIRE PRESSURE The pressure is too low in one or more Check and correct tire inflation pressure PLEASE CORRECT tires as required gt
247. from either your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz USA LLC Operation Maintenance If the maintenance service indicator was inadvertently reset have an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper maintenance service has been performed Resetting the system without performing the proper service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will re sult in engine damage and or other ve hicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Vehicle care Cleaning and care of vehicle A Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the partic ular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Warning Never use fluids or solvents that are not de signed for cleaning your vehicle In operation even while parked your vehi cle is subjected to varying external influ ences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the under body and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by ex treme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e lar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should imme diately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washin
248. g in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the ve hicle not facing the wind Warning A N The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose In dicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice For more information on winter driving see Winter driving gt page 327 Standing water Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth Before driving through water determine its depth Never accelerate before driving into water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equip ment thus damaging them If you must drive through standing wa ter drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such dam age is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Passenger compartment AN Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible Warning In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occ
249. g rear view mirror The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when e the ignition is switched on and e incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror will not react if e reverse gear is engaged e the interior lighting is turned on Warning A N The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sen sors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if the rear window sun shade is in raised position Glare can endanger you and others Warning A N In case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape from the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can be completely removed only while in the liquid state by applying plenty of water Warning A N Exercise care when using the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objec
250. g reduces and or elimi nates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thor ough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Dam aged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the facto ry with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others ap plied later We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an au thorized M
251. g system TOSS at 7 51 8 7 US qt 8 25 I S 600 low temperature cooling system 1 2 US qt 1 1 1 1 3 US qt 1 2 1 S 55 AMG 7 1 US qt 6 751 7 8 US qt 7 4 I S 65 AMG main cooling system 7 98 US gt 7 551 8 77 US qt 8 30 I S 65 AMG low temperature cooling system 1 53 US qt 1 451 1 7 US gt 1 6 1 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Windshield and headlamp washer system Both the windshield and headlamp washer systems are supplied from the windshield washer fluid reservoir The washer fluid reservoir has a capacity of approximately e 3 2 US qt 3 0 I in vehicles without headlamp cleaning system e 7 4 US qt 7 0 I in vehicles with head lamp cleaning system or heated reser voir gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or con centrate and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient tem peratures Warning A N Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water e 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon 4 liters water For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate
252. ge memory gt page 159 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message dis appear Clearing a message will not cor rect the condition that caused the message to appear Practical hints What to do if Warning A N All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated ad dressed as soon as possible at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury Warning A N No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative Contact your nearest au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if 5 0 Switching on the ignition causes all in strument cluster lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated as well as the multifunction dis play to come on Make sure the lamps and multifunction display are in work ing order before starting your journey On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may ap pear in the malfunction display For your convenience the messages are di vided into two sections e Text messages gt page 351 e Symbol messages gt page 358 Practical hints
253. gear selector lever is set SmartKey gt page 46 to P gt Do not depress the brake pedal Getting started Unlocking Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 as with SmartKey removed Position 1 gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button once This supplies power for some electrical consumers such as seat adjustment If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e once again the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice the power supply is again switched off Ignition or position 2 gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button twice This supplies power for all electrical consumers All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instru ment cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster re mains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 340 ah If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power sup ply is again switched off When you switch on the ignition the in dicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on T
254. ger side gt page 418 Aids for replacing fuses Fuse chart A chart explaining fuse allocation and fuse amperages can be found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 384 Spare fuses Spare fuses are found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 384 Fuse extractor The fuse extractor is found in the vehicle tool kit in the trunk gt page 384 Fuse boxes in passenger compartment There are two fuse boxes in the in passen ger compartment One fuse box is located in the dashboard An additional fuse box is located in the rear passenger compart ment Fuse box in dashboard The fuse box is located in the dashboard on the front passenger side k 1 Recess in the cover 2 Cover Do not use sharp objects such as a screw driver to open the fuse box cover 2 in the dashboard as this could damage it Opening gt Open the front passenger door gt Insert flat blunt object as a lever in recess Q on the edge of cover 2 gt Loosen cover 2 from the dashboard using lever gt Using your hands pull cover 2 in the direction of the arrow and remove Closing gt Hook cover 2 into the opening at the front p gt Press cover 2 back on until it engag es Practical hints Fuses Fuse box in the rear passenger compartment The fuse box is located in the footwell be low the right rear seat P82 10 3105 31 1 Cover Opening gt Pull cover Q
255. ghting and night security illu mination Locator lighting and night security illumi nation are described in the control system section under Setting locator lighting gt page 166 and Setting night security il lumination gt page 166 Controls in detail Lighting Switching on fog lamps i Switching on rear fog lamp driver s side Fog lamps cannot be switched on with only Warning A N exterior lamp switch in position W gt Switch on the front fog lamps uee For switching on the fog lamps turn ex gt page 134 ient lighti iti terior lamp switch to position Jey l In low Ls Smiles or foggy Zonei ons p SWI position ey b pullouee tenor ampenichmosecond only switch from position R to with Stop the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching on front fog lamps Switching from to ey will briefl The rear fog lamp is switched on tch S h 2 P gt Switch on the low beam headlamps eE OU E AP ROn o Wile gt page 50 The yellow indicator lamp in the driving in low ambient lighting conditions lamp switch comes on gt page 131 may result in an accident gt Pull out exterior lamp switch to first stop gt Push in the exterior lamp switch to first stop i The front fog lamps are switched on o l The rear fog lamp is switched off Fog lamps will operate with the parking The green indicator lamp in the _ lamps and or the low beam headlamps lamp switch comes on gt page 131 The green i
256. ginal part Warning A N Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure For additional information on tire load rating see Load identification gt page 317 Tire load rating gt page 313 and tire speed rating gt page 313 are also referred to as service descrip tion Operation Tires and wheels Tire speed rating The tire speed rating gt page 313 indicates the approved maximum speed for the tire Warning A N Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others Tire load rating gt page 313 and tire speed rating gt page 313 are also referred to as service descrip tion Operation Tires and wheels Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph
257. gknoband License plate lamp move the trim to the side _ gt Passenger side Fold the trim to the side gt Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out gt Gently twist bulb counterclockwise and pull out of bulb holder gt Insert new bulb into the holder and turn Passenger side ll CIOGKWISG 1 Screws 1 Black socket pe REDA pul OORE Loosen both screws 1 Backup lamp The bulb socket should audibly click 2 Red socket Remove the license plate lamp Driver s side Tail parking and rear fog lamp Passenger side Tail and parking lamp gt Passenger side Reinstall the trim 3 Red socket Tail standing and parking lamp 4 White socket Turn signal lamp Driver s side Replace the trim and se Repl h Ib cure with lock eplace the bulb Reinstall the license plate lamp v v vy iv Retighten screws Q Y Replacing wiper blades To avoid damage to the hood the wiper arms should only be folded forward when in the vertical position Wiper blades in vertical position gt Turn combination switch to wiper gt With wiper arm in vertical position turn Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Removing wiper blades gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it Snaps into place gt Turn SmartKey in starter switch position 1 setting Il gt page 52 SmartKey in starter switch to position O Warning A N i f gt Turn the wiper blade at a
258. gt Push front of sliding compartment Q 2 Button for disengaging ashtray The cup holder slides out Opening ashtray Closing cup holder gt Briefly touch cover plate Q gt Push sliding compartment Q back un The ashtray opens automatically til it engages Controls in detail Useful features Removing ashtray insert Rear door ashtray Cigarette lighters Warning A N Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still Set the parking brake to se cure vehicle from movement Move gear se lector lever to position N With gear selector lever in position N turn off the engine l N Center console lighter _ Warning A N Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only pesa0 26888 When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and gt Secure vehicle from movement by set ting the parking brake Move the gear Opening ashtray selector lever to position N gt Lightly touch the back of the ashtray lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat Now you have more room to take out tended in the vehicle or with access to an the insert Removing ashtray insert unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi gt Push sliding button to the right gt Pull the ashtray back slightly and re cle Salida ea accident move the insert see arrows and or serious personal injury The ashtr
259. gt page 35 once It then goes out briefly comes on again and remains lit until you start the en gine Child seat recognition Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE As independent systems their protective effects work in conjunction with each oth er for about four seconds when you start the engine by turning the SmartKey or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button The 9 indicator lamp remains lit if the SmartKey is turned to position 2 and left there or the KEYLESS GO start stop button is pressed twice The indicator lamp will go out when you start the engine The restraint systems are fully operational if the EGS indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been de tected if the EJ indicator lamp e fails to extinguish after approximately four seconds e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started or while driving For safety reasons we strongly recom mend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Safety and Security Occupant safety For more information see Practical hints Air bags gt page 347 Warning A N In the event that the indicator lamp comes on during driving or does not come on at all the SRS self check has detected a malfunction For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the
260. h Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display ABS MALFUNCTION VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISTT WORKSHOP Possible cause The ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off The ESP and the BAS are also deactivated The brake system is still functioning nor mally but without the ABS available The ABS or the ABS display is malfunction ing Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steer ing capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steer ing capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints What to do if Display ATR CLEANER CHANGE CARTRIDGE VISTT WORKSHOP DISTRONIC EXTERNAL MALFUNCTION REACTIVATE DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL DISTRONIC DRIVE TQ WORKSHOP Possible cause Possible
261. h with the indicator lamps is lo cated on the upper part of the front center console FoS m C Indicator lamp 2 Vehicle level control switch gt Start the engine gt Briefly press switch 2 to change from one level setting to the other The message AIRMATIC VEHICLE RISING appears in the multifunction display when changing from normal level to raised level Controls in detail Driving systems The indicator lamp is then lit The dis play switches off when the vehicle is raised gt Press switch 2 again to lower the ve hicle The indicator lamp is off The selected vehicle level setting remains stored in memory even if the engine is turned off and restarted except when you e exceed a speed of 75 mph 120 km h or e maintain a speed of between 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph 120 km h for more than 5 minutes The vehicle then lowers to regular level The message AIRMATIC LEVELING CANCELLED appears in the multifunction display and the indicator lamp is off The display switches off when the vehicle is raised Controls in detail Driving systems Active Body Control ABC The ABC system automatically selects the optimum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle Suspension tuning The suspension tuning is set according to e your driving style e road surface conditions e the vehicle loading e your choice of suspension style You can set following suspensio
262. harp turn Distronic could lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it then your vehicle could accelerate to the previously selected speed Controls in detail Driving systems The most likely cause for a malfunctioning Turns and bends system is a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Dis tronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL appears in the multifunction display P54 70 2205 31 For cleaning and care of the Distronic sen sor see Cleaning the Distronic system In turns or bends Distronic may not detect sensor cover gt page 335 a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle ab to brake late or unexpectedly If the message DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL disappears during driving and the last speed stored flashes for approximately five seconds the dirt e g slush has dissolved Distronic is again operation al Offset driving P54 70 2206 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detected by Distronic There will be insuffi cient distance to the vehicle ahead Lane changing P54 70 2207 31 Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle changing lanes There will be insufficient distance to the lane changing vehicle Narrow vehicles
263. hat to do if Symbol messages Display gt ATRMATIC STOP CAR TOO LOW ATRMATIC DRIVE CAREFULLY Possible cause The vehicle is parked on an extremely uneven surface The vehicle level control is malfunction ing The capability of the Airmatic system is restricted Possible solution gt Press the vehicle level control button to select the raised vehicle level gt page 230 gt Stop and press the vehicle level control button to select a higher vehicle level gt page 230 gt Do not turn steering wheel too far to avoid damaging the front fenders Listen for scraping noises Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution a gt DISPLAY DEFECTIVE The display for Airmatic or the Airmatic Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz VISIT WORKSHOP system itself is malfunctioning Center as soon as possible AIRMATIC e You have exceeded a speed of gt Press the vehicle level control button to LEVELING CANCELLED 75 mph 120 km h adjust the vehicle level gt page 230 or e You have maintained a speed of be tween 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph 120 km h for more than five minutes Practical hints What to do if Display Po
264. he accelerator completely the following message will appear in the multifunc tion display DISTRONIC OVERRIDE Distronic will not work to maintain the distance to a slower moving vehicles in front of you Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accel erator pedal position Controls in detail Driving systems Setting a higher speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q gt page 222 to increase vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds gt page 222 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on the speedometer gt page 220 Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate Distronic After brief ac The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds gt page 222 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on the speedometer gt page 220 o When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brakes will be ap plied to support deceleration In addition the transmission will auto matically downshift on long downhill grades Setting to last stored speed Resume function Warning A N The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or decel
265. he correct tire inflation pressure Press the reset button on the in strument cluster gt page 140 Operation Tires and wheels The following message will appear in the multifunction display MONITOR CURRENT TIRE PRESSURES Press the button The following message will appear in the multifunction display TIRE PRES MONITOR REACTIVATED The tire inflation pressure monitor will now monitor the tire inflation pressure values of all four tires The following message will appear in the multifunction display TIRE PRES DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINUTES gt D b gt Operation Tires and wheels This display appears until the individual tire inflation pressure values are matched with the tires The individual values are then displayed gt page 309 If you wish to cancel activation gt Press the E button If one of the following messages appears in the multifunction display TIRE PRES MONITOR REACTIVATE AFTER CORRECTING PRESSURE TIRE PRESSURE PLEASE CORRECT Check the tire inflation pressures and correct them if necessary Reactivate the tire inflation pressure monitor Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires can e cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling charact
266. he vehicle with the SmartKey then either the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the SmartKey is malfunction ing or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey and replace them if nec essary gt page 392 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door gt page 388 and trunk gt page 389 e Use the mechanical key to lock the driver s door gt page 388 e Have the vehicle battery and the battery connections checked gt page 408 If the SmartKey is malfunctioning con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Checking the batteries gt Press button or a Battery check lamp comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check then the SmartKey batteries are discharged Replace the batteries gt page 392 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing the or button will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Unlocking and opening the trunk You can unlock and open the trunk sepa rately A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid gt Press and hold button until trunk unlocks and begins to open The trunk lid swings open upwards au tomatically Always
267. he driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child re straint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratch eting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual man ner For more information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether an chorages see Installation of infant and child restraint systems gt page 74 For information on LATCH type child seat mounts gt page 75 Safety and Security Occupant safety A Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Warning The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the Dis trict of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured by a lap shoulder belt or if so equipped a child restraint lower anchorage system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle S
268. he indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the en gine is running This indicates that the respective systems are operational For information on starting the engine us ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button see Starting with KEYLESS GO gt page 47 Y Adjusting Warning A N All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fas tening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Seats Warning A N Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide un der the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and belts are properly positioned on the body Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt gt page 43 Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being ad justed Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the start
269. he outside air supply and circula tion are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up Reactivating gt Press button W gt page 205 Setting the temperature Use temperature controls and 7 gt page 205 to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small incre ments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C Increasing decreasing gt Press button or 7 repeatedly until the display shows the desired tempera ture The automatic climate control system will correspondingly adjust the interior air temperature Adjusting air distribution Use thumbwheel 4 gt page 205 to sepa rately adjust the air distribution in the rear passenger compartment The following symbols are found on the controls Symbol Function Directs air to the center air vents Directs air to the footwell air vents gt Turn thumbwheel 4 to the desired symbol The air will be directed to the vents cor responding to this symbol Adjusting air volume Adjusting automatically gt Press A on air volume switch 6 gt page 205 The display shows AUTO The air volume is adjusted automatically Reducing air volume gt Press switch G down until the desired air volume is reached The display shows the current level Increasing air volume gt Press switch 6 up un
270. he starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Window cleaning The windshield wipers must be in a ver tical position before folding them away from the windshield They could other wise damage the hood gt Turn onthe wipers and place it in a ver tical position For information how to place the wipers in a vertical position see Replacing wiper blades gt page 401 A For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before cleaning the wiper blades Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Warning Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Light alloy wheels Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleaning of the light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week with Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care us ing a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water Follow the instructions on container
271. he vehicle must have been sta tionary for at least five minutes with the engine turned off The engine oil level can be checked by either the oil dipstick or via the multi function display in the instrument clus ter gt page 289 The amount of engine oil needed is shown more precisely in the multifunction display To check the engine oil level with the oil dipstick do the following gt Open the hood gt page 287 S 350 S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG C Oil dipstick S 350 S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG only 2 Filler cap gt Pull out oil dipstick gt Wipe oil dipstick Q clean gt Fully insert oil dipstick into the dip stick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick Q again after ap proximately three seconds to obtain accurate reading Operation Engine compartment gt F18 00 207 3 31 Oil dipstick The oil level is correct when it is between the lower min and upper max mark of the oil dipstick The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 gt D Operation Engine compartment gt gt gt If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see gt page 292 For more information on engine see the Technical data section gt page 434 and gt page 437 For more information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints secti
272. he windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with windshield washer fluid gt Press switch in the direction of arrow 1 past the resistance point The windshield wiper operates with washer fluid For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 296 If anything blocks the windshield wip ers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately e For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location or turn off the engine by turning the SmartKey to position O and withdraw SmartKey from starter switch turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 and open the driver s door with the driv er s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch Getting started Driving before attempting to remove any blockage e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If windshield wipers fail to function at all in switch position I set the combination switch to the next highest wiper speed have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Getting started Driving Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be op erating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the
273. hed on The driver s seat ventilation can be activated automatically by the summer opening feature gt page 210 The blue indicator lamps on the switch show the ventilation level selected Level 3 Three indicator lamps on highest level 2 Two indicator lamps on 1 One indicator lamp on lowest level off No indicator lamp on P54 25 2926 31 1 Seat ventilation switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Switching on seat ventilation gt Press switch Q Three blue indicator lamps above the switch come on Continue pressing switch Q until the desired seat ventilation level is reached Controls in detail Seats Switching off seat ventilation gt Press switch 1 repeatedly until all in dicator lamps go out The seat ventilation for the driver s seat is automatically set to the highest level if activated via summer opening fea ture gt page 210 If one or all of the lamps on the seat ventilation switch are flashing there is insufficient voltage since too many electrical consumers are switched on The seat ventilation switches off auto matically The seat ventilation will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Controls in detail Memory function Prior to operating the vehicle the driv er should check and adjust the seat height seat position fore and aft and seat backrest angle if necessa
274. horized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment You can also open and close the power windows gt page 210 and tilt sliding sunroof gt page 210 using the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Important notes on using KEYLESS GO You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 92 You can combine KEYLESS GO func tions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with the button Always carry the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you Never store the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO together with e Electronic items such as a cellular phone or another SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e Metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within ap proximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk lid In order to start the engine with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle e All doors must be closed e The brake pedal must be firmly de pressed Do not depress the accel erator If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 you can only turn it off again with this button even if you have put the SmartKey in the starter switch
275. ia Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty Technical data Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a re placement It will be mailed to you Technical data Identification labels P60 00 2237 31 2 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 1 Certification label below driver s door below right rear passenger seat latch ii p P00 01 2388 3 3 Engine number engraved on engine 4 VIN visible lower edge of windshield Emission control information label includes both federal and California certification exhaust emission standards 6 Vacuum line routing diagram label When ordering parts please specify vehicle identification and engine num bers Y Layout of poly V belt drive S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 55 AMG S 500 4MATIC P13 21 2020 31 6 5 P13 22 2040 31 The S 55 AMG has two poly V belts belt one Q Automatic belt tensioner shown in purple belt two shown in black 2 ABC tandem pump pump for 1 Idler pulley power steering assistance and ABC 2 Automatic belt tensioner chassis 3 ABC tandem pump pump for 3 Air conditioning compressor power steering assistance and ABC 4 Crankshaft chassis Coolant pump 4 Air conditioning compressor 6 Gener
276. ible solution The brake pads have reached their wear gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as limit possible There is insufficient brake fluid in the res Risk of accident Stop the vehicle and no ervolr tify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accident Eg ga If you find that the brake fluid in the Brake pad thickness must be visually brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the checked by a qualified technician at the minimum mark or below have the intervals specified in the Maintenance brake system checked for brake pad Booklet thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if Display Possible cause Possible solution Fleeced VISIT WORKSHOP There may be a malfunction in the gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz ee Center as soon as possible e Fuel injection system e Ignition system e Exhaust system e Fuel system COOLANT The coolant level is too low gt Add coolant gt page 294 CHECK LEVEL If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Keini A Do not ignore the low engine coolant a nr A A EC level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze
277. ic control 137 Deactivating automatic control 137 Manual operation 137 Reading lamps in the front 138 Reading lamps in the rear 138 Interior rear view mirror Adjusting 41 J Jump starting 411 K L Fuel reserve 343 Key see SmartKey 57 58 Lamp bulbs exterior 394 Instrument cluster 340 347 Key mechanical 388 Lamps exterior Seat belts telltale 345 Key SmartKey Front 395 Service indicator 329 Checking the batteries 95 Light sensor 370 SRS 61 Locking 58 Messages in display 371 Language Key dependency memory Rear 395 Multifunction display 164 Settings 169 Lamps indicator and warning Setting 164 KEYLESS GO 446 ABS 340 LATCH child seat anchors 75 Activating ignition with 36 Air bag off 65 Layout of poly V belt drive 423 Locking 58 Battery SmartKey with Leather upholstery Locking the vehicle 101 KEYLESS GO 100 Cleaning 338 Loss of SmartKey with Battery SmartKey 94 Lever KEYLESS GO 102 Brakes 341 For cruise control 222 Messages in display 368 Coolant 362 License plate lamps Starting the engine 47 Distronic 220 Replacing bulbs 395 400 Turning off engine 57 Engine diagnostics 342 343 Light alloy wheels Kickdown 177 446 Engine malfunction indicator Cleaning 337 Kilometers miles in speedometer 163 lamp 342 343 Light sensor 370 Kilopascal 324 ESP 344 345 Lighter Km h or mph in speedometer 163 Front passenger front air bag off 348 Center console 250 Lighter see Cigarette lighter 250 Lighting 131 Automatic headlamp mode 132 Combi
278. ident Make sure you are using the correct wheel bolts gt Remove the wheel Practical hints Flat tire gt Before storing the jack in the trunk it should be fully collapsed with handle folded in gt Guide the spare wheel onto the align ment bolt and push it on gt Insert wheel bolts and tighten them slightly gt Place the wheel bolt wrench alignment bolt and jack back in the vehicle tool kit gt Unscrew the alignment bolt install last 8 8 in the trunk and close the covering lid wheel bolt and tighten slightly Replacing jack support tube cover Warning w D 8 AN P40 10 2802 31 Slide tongue of cover under the upper Use only genuine equipment 1 Wheel bolts edge of the tube opening Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel gt Applying even pressure press cover gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly fol bolts may come loose lowing the diagonal sequence illustrat until it snaps into place Be careful not Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the ve ed to until all bolts are tight to damage the locking tabs or clamp hicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could Observe a tightening torque of the plastic retaining strap fall off the jack 110 Ib ft 150 Nm T You can also store and secure the dam Lowering the vehicle Warning A aged wheel in the spare wheel well in gt Lower vehicle by turning crank coun the trunk Have the tightening torque checked after
279. ifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality con sult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of alumi num parts The use of aluminum compo nents in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifical ly formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a signifi cantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle Mercedes Benz 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity Model Approx freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C S 350 555 LS Che 5251 6 1 US Che 6 7 5 S 430 S 430 4MATIC 6 1 US gt 5 75 1 6 7 US qt 6 3 1 S 500 S 500 4MATIC 6 1 US qt 5 75 1 6 7 US qt 6 3 I S 600 main coolin
280. ight is again raised to the selected vehicle level Ride height increase when stationary over normal Normal Normal operation None Level 1 Driving with snow chains Max 0 4 in 10 mm gt page 328 Level 2 Very rough road surface Max 0 8 in 20 mm conditions Dependent on load Automatic lowering Controls in detail Driving systems These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Select the level 1 and 2 settings only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise e Fuel consumption may increase e Handling may be impaired The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary Indicator lamps Max approx 0 6 in 15 mm Both lamps off Max approx 1 0 in 25 mm One lamp lit Max approx 1 4 in 35 mm Both lamps lit Controls in detail Driving systems The button with the indicator lamps is lo cated on the upper part of the front center console 1 Indicator lamps 2 Vehicle level control button gt Start the engine Briefly press button 2 to change from one level setting to the next e Both indicator lamps are not illumi nated the normal level is select e At level 1 one of the indicator lamps Q is illuminated e At level 2 both indicator lamps are illuminated The message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC VEHICLE RISING appears in the multifunction display for a short time
281. il the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated A If the BAS is malfunctioning the brake sys tem is still functioning normally but without the additional brake boost available that BAS would normally provide in an emergen cy braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase Warning A The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking efficiency beyond that af forded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded The BAS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns fol lowing another vehicle too closely or hydro planing Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabili ties of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the users safety or the safety of others Warning 9 For more information see Practical hints section gt page 340 ESP The Electronic Stability Program ESP IS operational as soon as the engine Is run ning and monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By ap
282. ill switch off automatically after approximately ten minutes Controls in detail instrument cluster A full view illustration of the instrument cluster can be found in the At a glance section of this manual gt page 24 P54 32 2735 31 4 Reset button The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e switch on the ignition gt page 34 e press the reset button Q e switch on the exterior lamps You can change the instrument cluster set tings in the instrument cluster submenu of the control system gt page 163 Instrument cluster illumination P5 4 32 2232 31 1 Knob for adjusting instrument cluster illumination Use knob to adjust the illumination brightness for the instrument cluster The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps gt Press knob Q The knob will pop out To brighten illumination gt Turn knob Q in the instrument cluster clockwise The instrument cluster illumination will brighten To dim illumination gt Turn knob in the instrument cluster counterclockwise The instrument cluster illumination will dim Coolant temperature gauge Warning A N e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which m
283. im is mounted with a full sized tire of the same type as on the vehi cle and it is fully functional However that spare wheel rim is weight optimized and has a limited service life of 12000 miles 20000 km use before a standard wheel rim must replace it In case of flat tire you may temporarily use the spare wheel Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted A Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Warning The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12000 miles 20000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an acci dent and possible injuries The spare wheel should only be used tempo rarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickly as possible For more information see Rims and tires gt page 426 Spare wheel S 55 AMG S 65 AMG and vehicles with Sport Package In case of a flat tire you may temporarily use the spare wheel when observing the following restrictions e Do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h e Drive to the nearest tire repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or re placed as appropriate e Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Practical hints Where will I find For more information see Rims and tires gt page 426 Warning A N The dimensions of the spare wheel are dif ferent from those of the road wh
284. in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced Recommended minimum tire tread depth e Summer tires g in 3 mm e Winter tires Me in 4 mm Warning A N Although the applicable federal motor safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately Wine in 1 6 mm we recom mend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches Wie in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply re duced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely 1 TWI TreadWear Indicator The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Operation Tires and wheels Storing tires Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gasoline Cleaning tires Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Operation Tires and wheels Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advan tages such as better hydroplaning perfor mance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation spinning of the tire Spare wheels may
285. in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk from the outside manually Warning A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk lid opening when closing the trunk Be espe cially careful when small children are around When leaving the vehicle always remove the MASSES SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 2 Extending handle from the starter switch take it with you and push the trunk lid down gently at the lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat Handle extending handle until it engages tended in the vehicle or with access to an gt Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly on into the lock unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi handi cle equipment may cause an accident andle Q The extending handle 2 is retracted and or serious personal injury after a few seconds The power closing assist automatically en sures that the lid is pulled closed com Warning A N pletely gt page 112 Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To pre vent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the vehicle or in the trunk I 0 If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trun
286. ing the gear selector lever e Select positions 3 2 or 1 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving e Select C as the preferred shift program gt page 179 for the first 1000 miles 1500 km After 1000 miles 1500 km you may grad ually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum T Additional instructions for AMG vehi cles e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm S 55 AMG or 4000 rpm S 65 AMG in each gear All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driv ing the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or the rear differential has been replaced Always obey applicable speed limits Y Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent de pends on driving habits and operating con ditions To save fuel you should e Keep tires at the recommended tire inflation pressures e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof rack when not in use e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and decel eration e Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Mainte nance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is al
287. ing automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the au tomatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Press button or RSH to move the selection marker to the VEHICLE submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK The selection marker is on the current setting AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK ON H OFF 4 PS4 37 2034 3 1 gt Press or E to switch AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK ON or OFF Limiting opening height of trunk lid Convenience submenu This function is available in vehicles with Access the CONVENIENCE submenu via the the trunk lid opening closing system SETTINGS menu Use the CONVENTENCE sub Use this function to activate or deactivate menu to change the settings for a number the limiting opening height of trunk lid of convenience features The following gt Move the selection marker with functions are available the or SM button to VEHICLE Function submenu Setting key dependency d m ON Eag ie BZA repeatedly Activating easy entry exit fea until you see this message in the multi function display OPENING LIMITER TRUNK LID ture Setting parking position for exte rior rear view mirror Adjusting the drive dynamic seat The selection marker is on the current setting Setting fold in function f
288. ing is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the two placards with regards to loading your vehi cle Tire and Loading Information d Data shown on placard examples are Warning A N for illustration purposes only Load lim it data are specific to each vehicle and Do not overload the tires by exceeding the may vary from data shown in the illus specified load limit or vehicle capacity trations below Refer to placard on ve weight as indicated on the placard on the hicle for actual data specific to your driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires vehicle can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example A TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE m c SEEOWNERS P1957 ZOOKPA 29P31 efr sma ADDITIONAL INFORMATION P40 00 2062 31 1 Load limit information on the Tire and Loading Information placard The placard showing the load limit informa tion is located on the driver s door B pillar If your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on this placard The combin
289. inside 104 Trunk with SmartKey 95 Opening in an emergency Power tilt sliding sunroof 391 Operating COMAND see separate operating in structions Garage door opener 268 Integrated remote control 268 Navigation system 155 Radio 149 Radio transmitters 281 Telephone 153 Vehicle outside the USA and Canada 13 Operating safety 16 Operator s Manual 10 Ornamental moldings 334 Cleaning 334 Outside temperature Indicator 142 Overdue maintenance service 330 Overhead control panel 29 Garage door opener 29 Reading lamp 29 Rear view mirror 29 Tele Aid button 29 Override switch see Blocking of rear win dow operation 77 Overspeed range 447 P Paintwork Cleaning 333 Panic alarm 78 Panic button on SmartKey 78 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 247 Parcel net in trunk 247 Parking 55 276 Parking and standing lamps Replacing bulbs 395 Parking assist Parktronic system 235 Parking brake 48 56 Engaging 56 Message in display 360 Releasing 48 Warning sound 49 Parking lamps Replacing bulbs 395 399 Switching on 131 Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors 130 170 172 187 Parktronic system 235 447 Parktronic Cleaning sensors 335 Malfunctioning 238 Warning indicators 236 Parts service 420 Passenger compartment 281 Fuse boxin 417 Interior lighting 137 Interior rear view mirror 41 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 247 Passenger safety see Occupant safety 60 Passenger seat fore and aft adjust
290. instructions Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains Even on vehicles with all wheel drive use snow chains on rear tires only some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires use of snow chains is not permis sible with the following tire sizes e 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S on 8 x 18 rims e 245 45 R18 96H M S on 8 x 18 rims e 245 45 R18 100Y XL Extra Load on 8 x 18 rims e 245 45 R18 96Y on 8 x 18 rims e 265 40 R18 101Y XL Extra Load e 265 40 R18 97Y e 245 40 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load e 245 40 ZR19 e 275 35 ZR19 100Y XL Extra Load e 275 35 ZR19 Y Maintenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indi cator display Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in ve hicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The maintenance service indicator will no tify you when your next maintenance ser vice is due S
291. ion imes l tance with the lights on should clear up e Brake lamps Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely the fogging important Have headlamps checked and e Rear parking lamps readjusted at regular intervals and when a e Rear turn signal lamps bulb has been replaced See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp ad justment Observe the messages in the multi function display gt page 369 e Tail lamps Bulbs POO 10 3132 31 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Front lamps Rear lamps Lamp Type Lamp Type Additional turn signal LED Brake lamp LED lamp 9 Turn signal lamp PY 21W Halogen headlamp H7 55 W Tail and standing lamp P 21 4 W Low beam side marker Bi Xenon headlamp D2S 35 W Backup lamp P21W Low and high beam l A License plate lamp C5W 3 Turn signal lamp 2357 A 3 Tail lamp rear foglamp P21 4W Fog lamp H7 55 W driver s side only Parking and standing W5 W High mounted brake LED lamp lamp Side marker lamp W5W Halogen headlamp H7 55 W High beam high beam flasher lamp Bi Xenon headlamp H7 55 W High beam flasher Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Low beam and high beam use the same D2S 35W lamp Do not replace the Bi Xenon bulbs yourself See an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs Notes on bulb replacement e Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same Have the LEDs and bulbs for the following Warning A N Keep
292. ion system with ESP 84 Switching off 82 Switching on 83 Synchronizing 356 Warning lamp 344 345 ETD 445 Safety guidelines 64 ETD Emergency tensioning device 69 Exterior lamp switch 131 Exterior rear view mirror Auto dimming on the driver s side 186 Exterior rear view mirrors Adjusting 41 Folding electrically 188 Parking position for 170 172 F Fahrenheit F Setting temperature units 163 Fastening the seat belts 43 Fine adjustment Cruise control 217 Distronic 224 First aid kit 384 Flat tire 403 Lowering the vehicle 407 Mounting the spare wheel 403 Preparing the vehicle 403 Flexible Service System FSS 329 Flexible Service System see FSS Fog lamp rear 134 395 Replacing bulb 400 Fog lamps Replacing bulbs 395 Fog lamps front Messages in display 370 Switching on 134 Folding electrically Exterior rear view mirrors 188 Four wheel electronic traction system 4MATIC with ESP 84 AMATIC 84 Front airbags 65 Front lamps Messages in display 370 373 Replacing bulbs 395 397 Switching on 131 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 348 Front seat head restraints Installing 116 Power seat 116 Removing 116 FSS Flexible Service System 329 FSS Flexible Service System Canada vehicles 445 Fuel 285 Fuel reserve warning lamp 343 Premium unleaded gasoline 285 Reserve warning lamp 25 Fuel consumption statistics After start 157 Since last reset 158 Fuel filler flap 284 Locking 284 Opening 390 U
293. ion will be of particular interest to you To quickly familiarize yourself with the ba sic functions of the vehicle refer to the Getting started section of this manual The corresponding page numbers are giv en at the beginning of each segment For more information on locking and un locking see Getting started gt page 32 and gt page 58 SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys are a differ ent color to help distinguish each SmartKey unit The SmartKey provides an extended oper ating range To prevent theft however it is advisable to only unlock the vehicle when you are in close proximity to it The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2087 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Opening button for trunk 3 Mechanical key locking tab 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp 6 Panic button gt page 78 Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a locked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury To prev
294. ions require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier which facili tates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture C DOT 2 Manufacturer s identification mark 3 Tire size 4 Tire type code at the option of the tire manufacturer Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol Q gt page 318 which denotes the tire meets require ments of the U S Department of Transpor tation Manufacturer s identification mark The manufacturer s identification mark 2 gt page 318 denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four sym bols For more information on retreaded tires gt page 297 Tire size The code 3 gt page 318 indicates the tire size Tire type code The code gt page 318 may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant charac
295. ire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Display TIRE PRESSURE RR CAUTION TIRE PRES RE PRESSURES GR CHECK TIRES A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Warning Possible cause The right rear tire is deflating The right rear tire inflation pressure is low You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you Change the wheel gt page 403 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt Check the tires If no damage visible check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 308 If necessary change the wheel gt page 403 Have the damaged wheel repaired or re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Where will I find First aid kit Removing the first aid kit The first aid kit is located in the storage compartment under the front passenger seat Lid 2 Buttons gt Press buttons 2 together and fold lid down gt Remove first aid kit y j Storing the first aid kit gt Place first aid kit in the storage com
296. irror unlocked and the driver s or front pas button l l Power folding exterior rear view mir senger door are subsequently opened 2 Passenger side exterior rear view mir rore ror button a gt Press button for the passenger side T If you are driving at more than approxi exterior rear view mirror Before driving the vehicle through an mately 9 mph 15 km h you will not l l h fold th i be able to fold the exterior mirrors in gt Place the gear selector lever in reverse automatic car wasn fold the exterior gear R mirrors in Otherwise they may get damaged The passenger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position Folding exterior rear view mirrors in Folding in and out manually gt Press button briefly The exterior rear view mirrors can vibrate if they are not folded out completely Both mirrors fold in The buttons are located on the driver s door __ 1 Folds the exterior mirrors out 2 Folds the exterior mirrors in gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Controls in detail Good visibility Folding out gt Press button Q briefly Both mirrors fold out If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear reposition it manually by applying firm pressure until it snaps back into place If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front press button 2 to f
297. istronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Controls in detail Driving systems Switch off Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e incomplex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set dis tance from moving objects in front of it Warning A N The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic displays in the speedometer dial 80 60 100 120 140 f 100 140 40 Pot ie 60 N goo DISTRONIC 140 l y 240 jj T rr I i 150 OFT a P54 60 2008 31 Set speed If Distronic is activated one or two seg ments come on around the set speed The vehicle speed displayed on the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system AN2 120 Segments If Distronic detects a vehicle directly ahead the segments from the speed of the vehicle ahead to the set speed come on If Distronic calculates that there is a dan ger of collision gt page 226 e The red Distronic warning lamp
298. itch is located on the dashboard to the left of the steering wheel P54 25 3197 31 Controls in detail Lighting KJ o Daytime running lamp mode gt page 133 AUTO Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode gt page 133 Parking lamps also side marker lamps tail lamps license plate lamps instrument panel lamps Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps when the combi nation switch is pushed forward and parking lamps Wi ete Standing lamps right turn left one stop Standing lamps left turn left two stops Indicator lamp for parking lamps Indicator lamp for front fog lamps Indicator lamp for rear fog lamp Controls in detail Lighting With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the engine turned off with KEYLESS GO and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the parking lamps or low beam headlamps are switched on The message TURN OFF LIGHTS appears in the multifunction display Manual headlamp mode The low beam headlamps and parking lamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch For exterior lamp switch see gt page 131 Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps switch on and off au tomatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light Low beam headlamps Tail and parking lamps License plate lamps Side marker lamps AN If the exterior lamp switch is set to BG Warning e the headlamps may
299. itching on 50 Headliner Cleaning 337 Heated steering wheel 252 Height adjustment Head restraints 39 Steering wheel 40 Height adjustments Vehicle level 230 233 High beam 50 Replacing bulbs 395 High beam flasher 135 High beam headlamps Messages in display 370 Switching on 135 High mounted brake lamp 395 High performance brake system S 65 AMG only 275 Hood 287 Closing 288 Message in display 368 Opening 287 Hydroplaning 277 l Identification labels 422 Emission control information label 422 Vacuum line routing diagram label 422 Ignition 34 36 Switching on 34 46 47 Immobilizer 85 Activating 85 Deactivating 85 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Individual seats 117 Head restraint height 118 Infant and child restraint systems 71 Installing 74 LATCH child seat anchors 75 Information About service and warranty 10 Button for Tele Aid 259 Infrared reflecting windshield 269 Inside rear view mirror Auto dimming 186 Installing Infant and child restraint systems 74 Towing eye bolt 415 Wiper blades 402 Instrument cluster 24 140 446 Cleaning 337 Coolant temperature gauge 141 Illumination 140 Multifunction display 143 Outside temperature indicator 142 Selecting language 164 Integrated remote control Canadian programming 267 Erasing memory 268 Hand held transmitter 265 Operating 268 Rolling code programming 266 Interior illumination Delayed switch off 167 Interior lighting 137 Activating automat
300. ith the hood open You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey The SmartKey is malfunctioning SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or 2 The battery in the KEYLESS GO key is discharged SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not rec ognized while the engine is running be cause e the SmartKey is not in the vehicle e there is strong radio frequency inter ference Possible solution gt vy gt Wait until the seat exterior mirrors and steering wheel have moved to their driv ing positions The message will disappear Close the hood gt page 288 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Replace the battery gt page 392 Stop the vehicle as soon as itis safe to do SO Search for the SmartKey Otherwise the vehicle cannot be centrally locked nor can the engine be started again after it has been stopped Display KEY NOT RECOGNIZED KEY SINE Wh E KEY DRIVE TO WORKSHOP SRD BRAKE LIGHT CHECK sich SI EL Gini VISIT WORKSHOP BRAKE LIGHT LEFT CHECK REGAN SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON BRAKE LIGHT RIGHT CHECK LIGHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON DUS PENASTE E 1 VISIT WORKSHOP Possible cause The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is mo mentarily not recognized A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO left in the vehicle was recognized while locking the vehicle from the outside The KEYLESS GO sy
301. ity of injury in an accident Warning The child seat must be firmly attached in the right and left side anchor fittings Make sure the seat belt for the center seat can operate freely with a child seat installed Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturers instructions A Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Warning Install child seat according to manufactur er s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached in right and left side anchors 2 An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be re placed Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Override switch for rear passenger compartment You can disable select functions in the rear passenger compartment for added safety for instance when you have children riding in the rear passenger compartment You
302. k will lock automatical ly after closing it All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking Closing the trunk from the outside vehicles without KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system you can close the trunk separate ly from the outside using the trunk lid clos ing switch Ao P54 25 4566 31 C Trunk lid closing switch gt Press trunk lid closing switch briefly The trunk lid closes You can also close the trunk by hand If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly Controls in detail Locking and unlocking A Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following Warning e press trunk lid closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey e press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch the trunk lid closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsuper vised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accid
303. kit 385 Seat belt force limiter 69 Seat belts 67 Cleaning 337 Fastening 43 Proper use of 45 68 Safety guidelines 64 Telltale 345 Seat cushion depth Adjusting 123 Seat for and aft adjustment 118 Seat heater Switching off 125 Switching on 125 Seat height 118 Seat ventilation Switching off 127 Switching on 127 Seating capacity 302 Seats 114 Adjusting 37 Adjusting lumbar support Adjusting shoulder support Easy entry exit feature 114 Heater 125 Massage function 123 Multicontour backrest Rear power seat bench Rearseats 117 Securing cargo Cargo tie down hooks Selector lever Lock 46 173 Message in display 357 Position 173 Self test BabySmart air bag deactivation system 73 Tele Aid 255 123 123 122 117 240 Service Major service Service B 329 Minor service Service A 329 When due 329 Service maintenance 329 Service and warranty information 10 Service indicator 329 Service life tires 298 Service System see FSS 329 Setting Convenience functions Cruise control 216 Daytime running lamp mode Digital clock 25 Distronic time interval 225 Following distance in Distronic 225 Higher speed in cruise control 217 Higher speed in Distronic 224 Individual vehicle settings 160 Interior illumination delayed switch off 167 Lamps and lighting control system 164 Language multifunction display Locator lighting 166 Lower speed in cruise control 169 165 164 217 Lower speed in Distronic
304. ktronic system malfunction If only the red distance segments illumi nate and an acoustic warning sounds there is a malfunction in the Parktronic system The Parktronic system will auto matically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on gt Have the Parktronic system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illumi nate and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty or there is an interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals The Parktronic system will automatically switch off after 20 sec onds and the indicator lamp in the Park tronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt page 34 gt Clean Parktronic system sensors gt page 335 gt Switch on the ignition or gt Check Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interfer ence from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Vv Loading Roof rack Warning A N Use only roof racks approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage to the vehicle Follow manu facturer s installation instructions Controls in detail Loading Preparing roof rack installation gt Open trim atthe trim strips in the roof gt Secure the roof rack according to man ufacturer s instructions for installation Load the roof rack in such a way that the vehicle cannot be damaged whi
305. l filler flap gt Grasp the driver s outside door handle All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knob in the driver s door moves up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global unlocking gt Grasp any outside door handle other than the driver s outside door handle All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handle gt page 58 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed You can also lock the vehicle using the lock button on the trunk lid gt page 101 or vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt page 109 Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about six seconds until battery check lamp flashes twice T If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO then either the battery in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is discharged the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is mal functioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the battery in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO and replace it if necessary gt page 392 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door gt page 388 and trunk gt page 389 e Use the m
306. l flash POAN or with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO ap removed from the vehicle If the hazard warning flasher was acti vated automatically also press hazard warning flasher switch 4 to switch off the hazard warning flasher With the hazard warning flasher acti vated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the re spective left or right turn signals will operate when the SmartKey in the starter switch is in position 1 or 2 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 is pressed once or twice The hazard warning flasher switches on au tomatically when an airbag deploys i OY A N a E i lex mea 54 2 i 1 Hazard warning flasher switch Ba Controls in detail Lighting Interior lighting Automatic control Deactivating gt Press the symbol on rocker switch The interior lighting remains switched off in darkness even when you The controls are located in the overhead Activating control panel l gt Press rocker switch to the center position The interior lighting switches on in e unlock the vehicle darkness when you e remove the SmartKey from the e unlock the vehicle starter switch ape eg N T e remove the SmartKey from the a e open a door starter switch e open the trunk ae ae e open a door P B 00 3222 3 Left reading lamp on off e open the trunk Manual control 2 Rear interior lamps on of
307. lable If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems such as Parktronic Distronic and the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning The charging voltage has fallen below 10 volts and the ABS has switched off The battery may not be charged sufficiently ignition have the respective bulb checked and replaced if necessary Suggested solution gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Read and observe messages in the mul tifunction display gt page 353 gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increas es the risk of an accident gt Switch off electrical consumers that are currently not needed e g seat heat ing gt If necessary have the generator alternator and battery checked When the voltage is above this value again the ABS is operational again Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution The red brake warning You are driving with the parking brake set Bb Release the parking brake gt page 48 USA only lamp comes on while driving and you hear a See Canada only warning sound The red brake warning There is insufficient brake fluid in the reser Risk of accident pala SOMES Cin Wns ee gt Carefully stop the vehicle and notify an le authorized Mercedes Benz Center
308. le driving Make sure e you can fully raise the tilt sliding sunroof e you can fully open the trunk Controls in detail Loading Loading instructions The total load weight including vehicle oc cupants and luggage cargo should not ex ceed the load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the corresponding placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 300 Warning A N Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause in jury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Put luggage or car go in the trunk if possible Do not pile lug gage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the rear window shelf Never drive vehicle with trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter ve hicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Cargo tie down hooks i WW roog Six hooks are located in the trunk gt Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all hooks with rope of suf ficient strength to hold down the cargo Y Useful features Vanity mirrors Vanity mirror in the sun visor Warning A N Do not use the vanity mirror while driving K
309. lecting a tilt sliding sunroof opening position feature is activated for Canada vehicles but deactivated for U S vehicles at the factory If you wish to have it activated contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center To select a tilt sliding sunroof opening position press the sunroof switch to the resistance point and release it when the tilt sliding sunroof has reached the desired position The tilt sliding sunroof now opens to the position set when the sunroof switch is pressed past the resistance point in the open direction Stopping the power tilt sliding sunroof during Express operation gt Move the switch in any direction If the movement of the tilt sliding sun roof is blocked during the closing pro cedure the sunroof will stop and reopen slightly Synchronizing the power tilt sliding sunroof The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchro nized after the battery has been disconnected or discharged after the tilt sliding sunroof has been closed manually gt page 391 the tilt sliding sunroof does not open smoothly after a malfunction gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Press and hold the sunroof switch in the direction of arrow Q until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear Keep holding the sunroof switch in the direction of arrow Q for approximately one second Check the Express open feature gt page 213 If the tilt sliding sunroof open
310. leration gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance The transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Ease on the accelerator when you have reached the desired speed The transmission shifts up again Stopping When you stop briefly e g at traffic lights gt Leave the transmission in gear gt Hold the vehicle with the brake When you stop longer with the engine idling and or on a hill gt Set the parking brake gt Move the gear selector lever to position P Controls in detail Automatic transmission Maneuvering When you maneuver in tight areas e g when pulling into a parking space gt Control the vehicle speed by gradually releasing the brakes Accelerate gently Never abruptly step on the accelerator Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle set the parking brake and move gear selector lever to position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear ranges The selected gear range appears in the Effect tachometer display gt page 174 If you s With the gear selector lever in position D press on the accelerator when the engine BEM he transmission shifts through and driving in the automatic shift has reached its rom limit the transmission third gear only program C or S gt page 179 you can will upshift beyond any gear range limit With this selection you can use select a gear range
311. lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Placard Example B VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHIq LE CAPACITY WEIGHTEEEE KG IELBS E s mm SEATI IG CAPACITY 1 Vehicle Tire Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example B lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Placard Example B may list recommended cold tire inflation pressures for different vehicle loads Important notes on tire inflation pressure A If the tire inflation pressure repeatedly drops Warning e Check the tires for punctures from foreign objects e Check to see whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the placard on the inside of the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire in flation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure Operation Tires and wheels
312. ll models 4 2 US qt 4 0 I MB Hydraulic Fluid Power steering All models approx 1 1 US qt 1 0 1 MB Power Steering Fluid Pentosin CHF 11S Front wheel hubs All models approx 3 5 oz 100 g each High temperature roller bearing grease Brake system All models 0 7 US qt 0 7 MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 Cooling system S 350 approx 11 1 US gt 10 51 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze S 430 S 430 4MATIC approx 12 1 US qt 11 5 I S 500 S 500 4MATIC approx 12 1 US gt 11 5 I S 55 AMG approx 14 3 US qt 13 5 I S 600 approx 15 85 US qt 15 0 I S 65 AMG approx 15 96 US qt 15 1 1 Low temperature cooling system S 600 2 3 US qt 2 2 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze S 65 AMG 3 06 US qt 2 9 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Fuel tank All models including areserve of All models except S 55 AMG S 65 AMG including a reserve of S55 AMG S 65 AMG Air conditioning system All models Windshield washer S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC Windshield washer and All models headlamp cleaning system Capacity 23 2 US gal 88 0 2 9 US gal 11 0 I 3 7 US gal 14 0 1 3 2 US qt 3 0 1 7 1 US qt 6 7 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB Windshield Washer Concentrate Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrat
313. llumi nated in red for approximately ten seconds during the system self check after switching on the igni tion together with the SOS button and the Information button RSM See system self check gt page 255 when the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than ap proximately ten seconds If the indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button is flashing con tinuously and no voice connection to the Response Center was established the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display Roadside Assistance calls can be ter minated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel or the re spective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND head unit Information button The Information button is located be low the center armrest cover gt Press and hold the button for longer than two seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Cen ter will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message CONNECTING CALL will ap pear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals
314. locked knobs on the doors have moved down Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually 1 Release knob gt Open the trunk gt Remove the trim inside the trunk on the right hand side p gt Pull release knob Q in the direction of arrow The fuel filler flap can be opened Practical hints Opening closing in an emergency Y Opening closing in an emergency Tilt sliding sunroof gt Pry offlens Q using a flat blade screw E driver gt page 384 x You can open or close the tilt sliding sun i OE roof manually should an electrical malfunc P E econ EA tion occur Take the crank from the operators The tilt sliding sunroof drive is located be Manie PONE gt hind the lens of the interior overhead light eee P68 00 3047 31 2 Crank P68 00 3046 31 C Lens Insert crank 2 through hole Turn crank 2 clockwise to e slide sunroof closed e raise roof at the rear Turn crank 2 counterclockwise to e slide sunroof open e lower roof at the rear Turn crank 2 slowly and smoothly The tilt sliding sunroof must be syn chronized after being operated manual ly gt page 214 Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are dis charged the vehicle can n
315. losing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e press trunk lid closing switch e press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e press the button on the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e press the remote trunk lid switch on the driver s door Even with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the trunk lid clos ing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatical ly after closing it All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk and locking the vehi cle from the outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system and KEYLESS GO you can close the trunk lid and lock the vehicle simulta neously from the outside using the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch es se a3 1 KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt D Controls in detail
316. ls the selected phone number e f the connection is successful the name of the party you called and the duration of the call will appear in the display TEL OO sor E MEHMAN g e fno connection is made the con trol system stores the dialed num ber in the redial memory P54 32 2014 31 Redialing The control system stores the most recent ly dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the dis play Press button F In the display you see the first number in the redial memory Press button Ja or Ref repeatedly until the desired name appears in the display If you do not want to use the telephone press button P Press button l The control system dials the selected phone number Controls in detail Control system NAVI menu In the NAVI menu you will see which status the navigation system has gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the message NAVI in the display If COMAND is switched off the mes sage NAVI OFF is shown in the display With COMAND switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if available the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display With COMAND switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions ap pear in the multifunction
317. ly 30 minutes 15 minutes when residual heat and ventilation in the rear are also switched on e if the battery voltage drops How long the system will provide heat ing depends on the coolant tempera ture and the temperature set by the operator The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air distribu tion control setting Ventilated storage compartment Depending on vehicle model and configu ration your vehicle is equipped with a stor age compartment under the front armrest gt page 244 which can be ventilated when the automatic air conditioning is switched on If so equipped the switch is located inside the storage compartment in the front The air temperature is about the same as that of the center air vents The air volume is dependent on the setting of e air distribution control e air volume control e air vents in the dashboard The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air vents It cannot be regulated separately Controls in detail Automatic climate control Switching ventilation on gt Open the storage compartment in front of the armrest see Storage compart ment in front of armrest gt page 244 gt Push upper portion of switch Switching ventilation off gt Open the storage compartment in front of the armrest see Storage compart ment in front of armrest gt page 244 gt Push lower portion of switch Do not obstruct the
318. make sure that there is sufficient overhead clearance Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system To stop the opening proce dure press button RRM The trunk lid stops moving Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Loss of SmartKey or mechanical key If you lose a SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key immediately to your car insurance company gt If necessary have the mechanical lock replaced Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO are a different color to help distinguish each SmartKey with KEYLESS GO unit The function of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS GO function The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey On these vehicles the validity of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is checked every time you grasp an outside door handle If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2087 31 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Lock button Opening button for t
319. me permanently dis colored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Leather upholstery Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning per forated leather as its underside should not become wet Plastic and rubber parts Do not use oil or wax on these parts Wood trims Dampen cloth using water and use damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Practical hints What to do if Where will I find Unlocking locking in an emergency Opening closing in an emergency Replacing SmartKey batteries Replacing bulbs Replacing wiper blades Flat tire Battery Jump starting Towing the vehicle Fuses Practical hints What to do if Lamps in instrument cluster General information Problem The yellow Antilock Brake System ABS indicator lamp comes on while driving If any of the following lamps in the instru ment cluster fails to come on during the bulb self check when switching on the Possible cause The ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off The BAS and the ESP are also switched off see messages in multi function display The brake system is still functioning nor mally but without the ABS avai
320. ment 119 Passenger seat head restraint height 119 Passenger seat height 119 Pedals 273 Phone book Loading 154 Quick search 154 Phone number Dialing 154 Redialing 155 Plastic and rubber parts Cleaning 338 Poly V belt drive 447 Positions Memory function Recalling from memory 129 Positions Memory function Storing into memory 129 Potential problems associated with under inflated and overinflated tires 312 Power assistance 273 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid 112 Power folding exterior rear view mirrors 188 Power seat Adjusting backrest tilt 38 Adjusting head restraint height 39 Adjusting head restraint tilt 39 Adjusting seat cushion depth 38 Adjusting seat cushion tilt 38 Adjusting seat height 38 Front seat head restraints 116 Seat fore and aft adjustment 38 Power seat bench 117 Head restraint folding down or placing upright 117 Power tilt sliding sunroof 212 Closing 212 Closing in an emergency 391 Messages in display 374 Opening 212 Opening in an emergency 391 Power train 447 Power washer 333 Power windows 208 Blocking of rear window operation 77 Closing 208 209 Opening 208 Side windows 208 synchronizing 210 Practical hints First aid kit Fuses 416 Lamp in center console 348 Lamps in instrument cluster Towing the vehicle 413 Vehicle status messages in the multi function display 349 384 340 Vehicle tool kit 384 PRE SAFE 447 PRE SAFE see Preventive occupant safety 70
321. mis sion down to the lowest possible gear This very quickly accelerates the vehi cle and should not be used for normal acceleration needs Kilopascal kPa gt page 324 Line of fall The direct line that an object moves downhill when influenced by the force of gravity alone Locking knob Knob on the door which indicates whether the door is locked or un locked Pushing the locking knob down on an individual door from inside will lock that door Maintenance System U S vehicles Maintenance service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle mainte nance service is due The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks distance driven and the time elapsed since your last maintenance service and calls for the next maintenance service accord ingly Maximum load rating gt page 324 Maximum loaded vehicle weight gt page 324 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 324 Memory function Used to store three individual seat steering wheel and exterior mirror posi tions for each SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO MON Motor Octane Number The Motor Octane Number for gasoline as determined by a standardized meth od It is an indication of a gasoline s ability to resist undesired detonation knocking The average of both the MON Motor Octane Number and gt RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Multifuncti
322. mode The a system cools or heats the interior depend ing on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature The control panel is located in the rear cen ter console The automatic climate control system is adjustable individually for the rear passen ger compartment Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system P83 00 2091 31 Rear automatic climate control panel Controls in detail Automatic climate control Item Left center air vent adjustable Display Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air distribution Temperature control right Air volume automatic manual Temperature control left GOVA OG Rear climate control system on off Residual engine heat utilization REST Warning A N Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling as given in the instructions for the front automatic climate control gt page 192 Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility for the driver and endangering you and others Controls in detail Automatic climate control Deactivating and reactivating the cli mate control system Deactivating It is possible to completely deactivate the automatic climate control system gt Press button W gt page 205 The display shows 0 When the air conditioning is switched off t
323. mpartment When the front passenger seat is occu pied again the front passenger head restraint returns to the last set position within a few seconds If the front passenger seat was moved fore or aft while not being occupied the front passenger seat head restraint returns to a position that corresponds best with the seat s axial position when the seat is occupied again Getting started Adjusting Steering wheel Steering wheel adjustment Adjusting steering column in or out gt Move stalk forward or back in the direc tion of arrow Q until a comfortable steering wheel position is reached with your arms slightly bent at the elbow The stalk for steering wheel adjustment is located on the steering column lower left Warning A N E i pEi A 5 Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv ing could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Adjusting steering column up or down gt Move the stalk up or down in the direc When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated when the driver s door is open Therefore do not leave children unattended in th
324. mple A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 300 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be ad justed on cold tires The tires can be con sidered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on placard Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the fuel filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 307 Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustra tions below Refer to placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Placard Example A A TIRE AND LOAQING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and carye should never exceed KKN kg or XXX lbs COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNER S emo eee MANUAL FOR oo ADDITIONAL shonin P40 00 2064 31 SG7DAO3E418503870 om 1 Tire and Loading Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example A
325. mps on Controls in detail Seats Vehicles with seat ventilation gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 The switch is located on the door The system switches over to normal Switching on seat heating heating mode after approximately gt Press switch Q twice five minutes Only the right hand indi A red indicator lamp above the switch Catan AIE comes on Switching off rapid seat heating mode Switching off seat heating gt Press switch twice gt Press switch Q again Both indicator lamps above the switch The indicator lamp above the switch go out P54 29 2928 31 goes out Q 1 Seat heating switch If one or both of the lamps on the seat The red indicator lamps above the switch heating switch are flashing there is in show the heating level selected sufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned The seat heating will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes Level on The seat heating switches off auto off No indicator lamp on tees f f matically p Switching on rapid seat heating i 1 One indicator lamp on The seat heating will switch back on gt Press switch Q once 2 Two indicator lamps on again automatically as soon as suffi Both indicator lamps above the switch cient voltage is available come on o Seat ventilation The switch is located on the door Seat ventilation can be activated manually with the ignition switc
326. n The ma ES WAM and BA sym bols are no longer visible Adjusting air volume _ Use air volume control 9 gt page 193 for both automatic and manual air volume ad justment Adjusting automatically gt Press A on air volume switch Q gt page 193 The display shows AUTO The air volume is adjusted automatically Adjusting manually Reducing air volume gt Press switch Q down until the desired air volume is reached The display shows the current level Increasing air volume gt Press switch 9 up until the desired air volume is reached The display shows the current level Maximum cooling MAXCOOL If the left and right air distribution controls as well as the air volume control are set to R and there is a high need for cool ing the display AUTO MAXCOOL appears This provides the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and tilt sliding sunroof are closed Controls in detail Automatic climate control Defrosting These settings should only be selected for a short time Activating gt Press button Remy gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Switch off air recirculation if selected Press button gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button goes out Close center air vents Adjust side air vents upwards Deactivating gt Press button Keg gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button goes out Defr
327. n the maximum ef fectiveness of the ABS ESP BAS and 4MATIC is only achieved with winter tires gt page 327 or snow chains as required Warning A N The following factors increase the risk of ac cidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The ABS BAS ESP and 4MATIC cannot re duce this risk Always adjust your driving style to the pre vailing road and weather conditions Safety and Security Driving safety systems ABS Warning A N Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pump ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of ap proximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will re spond even to light brake pressure The ROJ indicator lamp in the instrument cluster gt page 24 comes on when you switch on the ignition gt page 34 It goes out when the engine is running Safety and Security Driving safety systems Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS
328. n 226 Distance to empty range Calling up 157 Distance warning function 226 Activating 227 Deactivating 227 Distance warning lamp 226 Intermittent warning sound 226 Symbol in multifunction display 156 Distronic 218 445 Activated 222 Activating 223 Calling up settings 156 221 Cleaning system sensor 335 Cruise controllever 222 Deactivated 222 Deactivating 225 Deceleration 221 Decreasing distance 226 Decreasing time interval 225 Displays in the speedometer dial 220 Distance warning function 226 Driving hints 227 Fine adjustment 224 Increasing distance 226 Increasing time interval 225 Intermittent signal tone 220 Menu 221 Messages in display 354 Sensor cover 335 Setting a higher speed 224 Setting aslower speed 224 Setting following distance 225 Setting the current speed 223 Setting to last stored speed Resume function 224 Warning and indicator lamps 220 Document holder 241 Door control panel 30 Door entry lamps 139 Door unlock With Tele Aid 261 Doors Message in display 365 Opening from inside vehicle 102 Opening from outside 94 99 DOT 323 445 Downhill driving Cruise control 216 Downshifting 180 Drink holder see Cup holder 248 Drinking and driving 273 Drive dynamic seat 124 Adjusting 171 Driving Abroad 281 General instructions 43 273 Hydroplaning 277 In winter 279 Problems 54 Safety systems 79 Through standing water 280 With Distronic 227 Driving abroad 281 Driving instructions 273 Drivi
329. n style e regular convenience e sporty The selected setting is stored even if the engine is turned off The ABC button with the indicator lamps is located on the upper part of the front cen ter console n E E 1 Indicator lamp 2 ABC button gt Start the engine Suspension for sporty driving style The setting for sporty driving is selected when indicator lamp Q is illuminated gt Press button 2 Indicator lamp 4 comes on The message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC SPORTS appears in the multifunction display for a short time Suspension for regular driving style The setting for regular driving is selected when indicator lamp A is off gt Press button 2 Indicator lamp goes out The message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC CONVENIENCE appears in the multifunction display for a short time Vehicle level control with ABC A To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis Warning Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to Vehicle level Use for e reduce fuel consumption e increase vehicle safety The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered according to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed e With increasing speed ride height is re duced by up to approximately 1 4 in 35 mm e With decreasing speed the ride he
330. nal will sound The DISTRONIC OFF message appears in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds A Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of approximately 22 mph 35 km h by operation of the sys tem At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed fur ther or bring it to a stop Warning Controls in detail Driving systems Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following dis tance for Distronic by varying the time set ting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the vehi cle ahead The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display field A It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recom mendations for safe following distance Warning Controls in detail Driving systems The distance warning function on off but ton and thumbwheel for setting distance are located on the lower part of the front center console 1 Distance warning function on off but ton 2 Thumbwheel for setting distance Increasing distance Increasing the distance setting causes Dis tronic to maintain a greater following
331. nation switch 135 Courtesy lighting 139 Daytime running lamp mode 133 Door entry lamps 139 Exterior lamp switch 131 Front fog lamps 134 High beam flasher 135 High beams 135 Instrument cluster illumination 140 Interior 137 Locator lighting 133 Low beam 131 Manual headlamp mode 132 Night security illumination 133 Parking lamps 131 Rear fog lamp 134 Settings control system 164 Trunk 138 139 Limiting opening height of trunk lid 105 Limiting the gearrange 178 Limp Home Mode 185 Line of fall 446 Loading 239 Cargo tie down hooks 240 Instructions 240 Roof rack 239 Loading terminology 323 Loading the vehicle 300 Locator lighting 133 Setting 166 Lock button 446 Door handle KEYLESS GO 58 SmartKey 92 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 96 Locking 55 58 92 Fuel filler flap 284 Global SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 99 Global SmartKey 94 Glove box 242 Vehicle in an emergency 389 Vehicle with KEYLESS GO 101 with the KEYLESS GO 58 with the SmartKey 58 Locking knob 446 Loss of SmartKey 96 Loss of Smartkey with KEYLESS GO 102 Low beam headlamps Messages indisplay 370 371 Replacing bulbs 395 Lowering Vehicle 407 Lumbar support adjustment 122 M Main Dimensions 433 Maintenance 12 329 Maintenance service Calling up the maintenance service indicator 330 Overdue 330 Maintenance service indicator Calling up 330 Clearing 330 Resetting 331 Maintenance System U S vehicles 446 Maximum load rating 324 Mic
332. nd another object at the same time When using a seat belt to secure infant or toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions Check your seat belt during travel to make sure that it is properly posi tioned Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Getting started Driving Warning A N Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Getting started Driving Starting the engine Automatic transmission Starting with the SmartKey g dS gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Warning A N Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and lead to death gt Do not depress accelerator Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold until the engine starts gt page 34
333. ndicator lamp in the on Fog lamps should only be used in PEET E E iah lamp switch goes out gt page 131 i ush in the exterior lamp switch conjunction with low beam headlamps The front fog lamps remain lit Consult your State or Province Motor The front fog lamps are switched off Vehicle Regulations regarding permis The green indicator lamp SOM in the sible lamp operation 8 p E lamp switch goes out gt page 131 Combination switch The combination switch is located on the left side of the steering column 1 High beam 2 High beam flasher Controls in detail Lighting Switching on high beams High beam flasher gt Turn exterior lamp switch to gt Pull the combination switch briefly in position or to Mg the direction 2 gt page 131 gt Push the combination switch in the direction Q The high beam indicator on the instrument cluster comes on gt page 24 gt Pull the combination switch back to its original position to switch off the high beam The high beam indicator E on the instrument cluster goes out Controls in detail Lighting Hazard warning flasher Switching on the hazard warning Switching off the hazard warning flasher flasher The hazard ing flash b j eens mean gt Press hazard warning flasher switch gt Press hazard warning flasher switch switched on at all times even with the i SmartKey removed from the starter switch All turn signals wil
334. ndicator lamps are on the 1 Indicator lamps system is set for a dynamic style of With increasing speed ride height is re 2 Damping button driving The message duced by up to approximately 0 8 in gt Start the engine AIRMATIC 20 mm gt Press the damping button 2 until the SPORTS 2 a S PE nelent l l is again raised to the selected vehicle desired suspension style is set for Sporty 2 suspension tuning ap level e If both indicator lamps are out you pears in the multifunction display have chosen the automatic mode Q a for soft damping The message These height adjustments are so small The selected suspension style is stored that you may not notice any change AITRMATIC in memory even after the SmartKey is CONVENTENCE removed from the starter switch for Comfort suspension tuning ap pears in the multifunction display The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary Level Normal For driving on normal roads The indicator lamp is off Raised For driving on rough roads or with snow chains The indica tor lamp is on Select the Raised level setting only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise e Fuel consumption may increase e Handling may be impaired A To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis Warning The switc
335. nds You then see the following display in the multifunction dis play 4 DISTRONIC 300 150 1 Distronic activated P54 30 6336 31 Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column P54 25 311 1 Sets current or higher speed 2 Sets current or lower speed 3 Deactivates Distronic 4 Resumes at last set speed Activating Distronic You can activate Distronic when e you are driving above 25 mph 40 km h e the ESP switched on gt page 81 o The maximum speed you can set is 110 mph 180 km h If Distronic has not been activated after pressing the cruise control lever you will see the message in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate Distronic up to two minutes after starting the en gine when you brake if you have set the parking brake if the gear selector lever is in position P R or N if the ESP is switched off Controls in detail Driving systems Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed Briefly lift the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q or depress in the direction of arrow 2 Distronic is activated and the current speed Is set Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal a If you do not take your foot off of t
336. ne compartment cceccceeceeeceeeeeees 418 Technical data ccccccccceece wees 419 Parts Service scswesunsnenboanassinenaesiedonseas 420 Warranty coverage ceeccccseeseceeeeees 421 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet 8 421 Identification labels cece eee 422 Layout of poly V belt drive 423 S 350 S 430 85 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC 423 0 OG errea 423 S 600 and S 65 AMG 423 ITC INC a cmenencaotaonenaanne steeisniantbntenacbesenctos 424 Rims and TPES ccsuasasredoanennasanonenseswases 426 SAME SIZE tires 428 Mixed size tires seeen 430 Spare wheel cssesecceseseeeeeeees 431 Electrical SYSteM cccsssececessseees 432 Main dimensions and weights 433 Main diIMensIOns ccceeeeeeees 433 Weights se scenevonsneviversanenqaeeiesaeteads 433 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 434 Capacities srezenavcrsisnaeensonacnederneienes 434 ENGINES Oilersiin 437 Engine oil additives 00668 437 Air conditioning refrigerant 437 Brake fluid ccccssssseecceeeeeeeees 437 Premium unleaded gasoline 438 Fuel requirement ccceeeecees 438 Gasoline additives cccceeeeee 439 COOlANts cccccccccceesssssseeceeenees 439 Windshield and headlamp washer SYSTEM cseeccceeeeeceeeeees 442 Y Product information Please observe th
337. ne 46 Steering column Height adjustment 40 Length adjustment 40 Steering wheel Adjusting 40 Adjustment 40 Cleaning 337 Heated steering wheel 252 Steering wheel adjustment 40 Steering wheel gearshift control S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG Automatic transmission 181 Stolen vehicle Recovery services 262 Stopping Tilt sliding sunroof 214 Windows 210 Storage compartments 242 Armrest 243 244 245 246 Cup holder 248 249 Glove box 242 In front of armrest Parcel net 247 246 Storage compartment in front of armrest 243 244 Storage tray 243 244 245 Under the front seats 247 Storing Memory function Positions into memory 129 Storing tires 299 Submenus Convenience 169 For settings 145 In control system 147 Instrument cluster 163 Lighting 164 Resetting functions in Control system 161 Selecting 161 settings menu 161 Vehicle 168 Sun visors 190 Supplemental Restraint System SRS 448 Suspension tuning For regular driving style 232 For sporty driving style 232 Setting 232 Switching off Automatic central locking control system 168 Engine 57 ESP 82 Hazard warning flasher 136 Headlamps 57 Switching on Automatic central locking control system 168 ESP 83 Front fog lamps 134 Frontlamps 131 Hazard warning flasher 136 Headlamps 50 High beams 135 Parking lamps 131 Rear fog lamp 134 Windshield wipers 52 symbol Distronic Distance warning function 156 synchronizing ESP 356 Power windows 210
338. ng off 276 Driving safety systems AMATIC 84 ABS 79 BAS 80 ESP 81 Driving systems 215 ABC 232 AIRMATIC 229 Airmatic 229 Cruise control 215 Distronic 218 Driving safety systems 79 Parktronic system 235 Vehicle level control 230 233 E Easy entry exit feature 114 Activating 170 Electrical fuses 416 Electrical system 432 Electronic Stability Program see ESP 81 445 Emergency callsystem 254 Emergency calls Initiating an emergency call 256 With Tele Aid 255 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 185 Emergency operations Closing the power tilt sliding sunroof 391 Locking the vehicle 389 Opening the power tilt sliding sunroof 391 Remote door unlock 261 Unlocking the vehicle 388 Emergency tensioning device see ETD 69 445 Emission control 282 Emission control information label 422 Ending A call telephone 154 Engine Cleaning 334 Compartment 287 Data 424 Message in display 342 343 Starting 46 Starting with KEYLESS GO 47 Starting with the SmartKey 46 Turning off with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 57 Engine compartment 287 Fuse boxin 418 Hood 287 Engine malfunction indicator lamp 342 343 Engine number 422 445 Engine oil 288 Adding 292 Additives 437 Checking level 288 Consumption 288 Display messages 366 Filler neck 291 292 293 Messages in display 290 366 Viscosity 445 Engine oil level see Oil level 286 Entry position Messages in display 368 ESP 81 445 Four wheel electronic tract
339. ng the front passenger seat make sure the seat if occupied is as far from the passenger front air bag as possi ble Otherwise the passenger could be seriously or even fatally injured in the event of an ac cident or braking maneuver Make sure no one is caught or injured while the seat is being adjusted Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the power seats can be operated when the respective door is open Therefore do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Seats The switch is located on the right rear pas gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Passenger seat fore and aft adjustment Pence aoe or gt Press the switch forward or backward gt Open the right rear passenger door in the direction of arrow gt Press button Q to adjust the front Passenger seat backrest tilt passenger seat gt Press the switch forward or backward gt To adjust right rear passenger seat in the direction of arrow G gt page 117 press button Passenger seat height eee Adjusting the passenger seat position Press the switch up or down in the from the rear is not possible if you de direction of arrow activate the operation of the rear door windows
340. ning The left high beam lamp is malfunction ing The right high beam lamp is malfunction ing The left license plate lamp is malfunction ing The right license plate lamp is malfunc tioning The lamp sensor is malfunctioning The headlamps switch on automatically Possible solution gt gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible In the control system set lamp operation to manual gt page 165 Switch on headlamps using the exterior lamp switch Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display 10 oe I Possible cause LOW BEAM LEFT The left low beam lamp is malfunctioning CHECK LIGHT LOW BEAM RIGHT The right low beam lamp is malfunction CHECK LIGHT ing MARKER LIGHT FL The front left side marker lamp is mal CBC HE TORT functioning MARKER LIGHT FR The front right side marker lamp is mal CELK functioning REAR FOGLIGHT The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning CHECK E REVERSE LIGHT LEFT The left reverse lamp is malfunctioning CHECK ARGAT REVERSE LIGHT RIGHT The right reverse lamp is malfunctioning CHEEK LGn Practical hints What to do if Possible solution Halogen headlamp gt Replace
341. ning direction of the tire gt page 300 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configu ration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended in tervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if neces sary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained gt page 300 Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure A Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 110 Ib ft 150 Nm Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims For information on wheel change see the Practical hints section gt page 403 Y Winter driving Before the onset of winter have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center This service includes e Che
342. ning Replace the CD in its case after use Protect CDs from heat and direct sunlight COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO Only use CDs which bear the label shown and that conform to the compact disc dig ital audio standard IEC 60908 Use of CDs which do not meet this stan dard may cause damage to the CD chang er Do not play single CDs 80 mm with an adapter Controls in detail Control system Your CD drive has been designed to play CDs which correspond to the IEC 60908 standard If you insert thicker data carriers e g ones that have data on both sides one side with DVD data the other side with audio data they cannot be eject ed and will damage the drive For information on operating the CD changer refer to separate COMAND oper ating instructions Controls in detail Control system Loading unloading the CD magazine gt Remove the magazine 4 and com Warning A N pletely pull out the CD tray The CD changer is a Class 1 laser product There is a danger of invisible laser radiation gt Remove the CD changer cover if the cover is opened or damaged Do not remove the cover The CD changer does not contain any parts which can be ser 7 viced by the user For safety reasons have gt The magazine is ejected 5 O any service work which may be necessary CDs which have been inserted improp performed only by qualified personnel erly or are unreadable will not be played The CD changer is located
343. njury and possible death for you and for others S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 and S 500 4MATIC Your vehicle is factory equipped with H rated tires which have a speed rating of 130 mph 210 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h S 600 Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC and S 600 with Sport Package or S 600 with Appear ance Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG Your vehicle is factory equipped with min Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h For information on speed rating for win ter tires see Winter tires gt page 327 For additional general information on tire speed markings on tire sidewall see Tire speed rating gt page 315 Operation Driving instructions Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads Is to drive sensibly and t
344. nlocking 284 Fuel tank Filler flap 284 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 434 145 147 Functions control system Resetting 161 Fuse box 417 418 Fuse chart 385 Fuses 416 Auxiliary fuse box in trunk 417 Fuse box in engine compartment Fuse box in passenger compartment 417 Fuse chart 385 Fuse extractor 385 Spare fuses 385 G Garage door opener 263 Erasing in remote control 268 Integrated remote control 265 Rolling code programming 266 Gasoline see Fuel 285 GAWR 323 Gear range 445 Automatic transmission 178 Limiting 178 Shifting into optimal 180 418 Gear range limit Canceling 180 Gear selector lever Cleaning 337 Position Automatic transmission 175 Glasses Storage compartment in front of armrest 245 Global Locking 94 Unlocking 94 Global Positioning System GPS 446 Glove box 242 Closing 243 Locking 242 Opening 243 Unlocking 243 Gloves vehicle tool kit 385 Good visibility 186 GPS 254 446 Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW GVW 323 GVWR 324 H Hand held transmitter Programming integrated remote control 265 Hands free microphone 29 Hard plastic trim items Cleaning 337 Hazard warning flasher 136 Switching off 136 Switching on 136 Head restraints 116 Headlamp cleaning system 296 Headlamps Automatic control 132 Bi Xenon 444 Cleaning 334 Cleaning system 186 296 Refilling washer fluid 296 Switching off 57 Sw
345. not stabilize the vehicle the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip the traction control will still brake a spinning wheel the ESP continues to operate when you are braking i When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the ve hicle The switch is located on the upper part of the center console i at Es F X om ESP off on gt Press ESP switch until the ESP warning lamp in the speedometer comes on The ESP is switched off Safety and Security Driving safety systems Warning A N When the ESP warning lamp is illumi nated continuously the ESP is switched off Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Switching on the ESP gt Press ESP switch The ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on Safety and Security Driving safety systems Four wheel electronic traction system 4MATIC with the ESP
346. nt Storage compartments under the front seats P68 00 3038 31 Lid 2 Buttons Opening gt Press buttons 2 together and fold lid down Closing gt Close lid until both buttons 2 of lock engage Parcel net in front passenger footwell A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc A Do not place heavy or fragile objects or ob jects having sharp edges in the parcel net Warning In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Controls in detail Useful features Parcel net in trunk You can hang a parcel net in the trunk The hooks and the parcel net in the trunk can hold a load of up to 29 8 Ibs 13 5 kg P e O0 3034 31 1 Hook gt Hang the parcel net on hooks Q on the left and right sides of the trunk The parcel net cannot protect or suffi ciently secure goods in the event of an accident Controls in detail Useful features CUP neers Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup porcine OUE CUP Holger holder may come loose during braking vehi The cup holder is located in the storage venna A cle maneuvers or in an accident and be compartment in front of the armrest thrown around in the vehicle interior Ob jects thrown around in the vehicle interior In ord
347. ntacts until it engages in the retaining springs Insert connector 6 onto the bulb Press cover 2 onto the housing until the tab engages Front turn signal lamp bulb gt gt Turn bulb socket 8 counterclockwise and pull out Gently push bulb into socket turn counterclockwise and remove Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise Reinstall bulb socket in lamp and twist clockwise until it engages Practical hints Replacing bulbs Parking and standing lamp bulb Side marker lamp bulb gt Pull bulb out of the bulb socket gt Press the tab on cover 2 and remove Insert new bulb in socket cover gt Pull out the bulb socket G with the bulb Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket Insert a new bulb in the bulb socket Reinstall the bulb socket Reinstall bulb socket push in and twist clockwise gt To reinstall lamp set rear end in bumper and let front end snap into place Replacing bulbs for rear lamps v v vy iv Press cover 2 onto the housing until the tab engages Carefully slide lamp towards rear Before you start to replace a bulb for a rear gt Remove front end first lamp do the following first gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WJ gt page 50 gt Twist bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out gt Open the trunk gt page 103 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Tail lamp unit gt Drivers side Turn the lockin
348. ntenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can use the functions in the TEL menu to operate your telephone provided it is connected to a hands free system and switched on gt Switch on the telephone and COMAND gt Press button or on the steering wheel repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the multifunction dis play Controls in detail Control system Which messages will appear in the multi function display field depends on whether your telephone is switched on or off e If the telephone is off the message in the multifunction display is TEL OFF e lf the telephone is on The telephone will then search for a network During this time the multi function display reads NO SERVICE As soon as the telephone has found a network READY is indicated in the mul tifunction display TEL READY g The standby message indicates that your telephone is ready for use and you can op erate it using the control system P54 32 2012 31 Controls in detail Control system The following functions are available Function Page Answering a Call 154 Ending a call 154 Dialing a number from the phone 154 book Redialing 155 Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls
349. o avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move gear selector lever to position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by cor rective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 328 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of control loss Warning Operation Driving instructions Road salts and chemicals can adversely af fect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal braking effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficien cy should be tested as soon as possible af ter driving is resumed Warning A N Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning A N If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle in terior resultin
350. o longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center A Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children Warning If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent When changing batteries always re place both batteries gt Remove the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 388 P80 35 2238 31 1 Mechanical key 2 Slide 3 Battery compartment gt Insert mechanical key Q in the direc tion of arrow in side opening gt Using mechanical key Q push gray slide 2 to unlatch battery compart ment 3 gt Pull battery compartment 3 out of the housing in the direction of arrow P80 35 2239 31 4 Battery Contact spring gt Remove the batteries 4 in the direc tion of arrow Using a lint free cloth insert new batteries 4 under the contact spring with
351. odometer P54 30 4637 31 2 Main odometer gt If you see another display press button or until the standard display appears gt Press button BV or EAN repeatedly to select the functions in the standard display menu The following functions are available Function Page Call up maintenance service dis 330 play Check tire inflation pressure 308 Check engine oil level 289 Call up digital soeedometer 148 Display digital speedometer gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until the until digital soeedometer ap pears in the multifunction display AUDIO menu The functions in the AUDIO menu operate the audio equipment which you currently have turned on If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO OFF is shown in the multifunction display The following functions are available Function Page Select radio station 149 Select satellite radio station 149 USA only Select CD track 150 Select MP3 CD track 150 Select radio station gt Turn on COMAND and select radio Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the currently tuned sta tion in the multifunction display HO pe 101 1 Fii 1 P54 32 3191 31 1 Waveband 2 Station frequency gt Press button A or BAN repeatedly until the desired station is found I O You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separat
352. ol gt Step on the brake pedal Cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use Moving the gear selector lever to position N while driving also cancels cruise control However the gear se lector lever should not be moved to position N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads The last stored speed is canceled when you turn off the engine Setting a higher speed gt Lift cruise control lever in the direction of arrow Q and hold it up until the de sired speed is reached Release cruise control lever The new speed is set Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate cruise control After brief acceleration e g for passing cruise control will resume the last speed set Setting a lower speed gt Depress cruise control lever in the di rection of arrow and hold it down until the desired speed is reached gt Release cruise control lever The new speed is set I O When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the transmission will au tomatically downshift if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehi cle sufficiently Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Faster gt Briefly tip cruise control lever in
353. old mir rors in then press button to fold mirrors out Do not force mirrors by hand as this may damage the adjust ment mechanism Controls in detail Good visibility Sun visors Glare from the front Glare from the front and sides The sun visors protect you from sun glare ee wine Suny Se Owe while driving Warning A N Do not use the vanity mirror while driving gt Disengage sun visor 2 from mounting Q gt Pivot sun visor to the side Keep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare i AAi can endanger you and others o 1 Mounting 2 Sun visor gt Swing sun visor 2 down For information on vanity mirrors gt page 241 Rear window sunshade The switch is located on the upper part of the front center console E E A i A 68 1 Rear window sunshade switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Press switch Q briefly to raise the sun shade gt Press switch Q briefly to lower the sunshade Always raise the sunshade fully for its sup port against the window frame Warning A N When operating the rear window sunshade be sure that there is no danger of anyone be ing harmed by the raising or lowering proce dure The raising or lowering procedure can be im mediately reversed by pressing switch Q Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or Sm
354. ole Y Center console Upper part Item Page Item Page Q Switch for rear window sun 191 Central unlocking switch 113 shade Electronic Stability Program 82 Parktronic deactivation 238 ESP control switch button 9 Rear seat head restraints 120 3 Airmatic or Active Body 232 switch for folding down Control ABC button Tow away alarm switch 88 4 Level control button 234 COMAND system see Central locking switch Ie separate operating instruc Anti theft alarm system indi 86 tions cator lamp Automatic climate control 205 Hazard warning flasher 136 3 Cover of on off switch e Ashtray 249 e Lighter 250 At a glance Center console Lower part 2 Item Page KEYLESS GO start stop 35 button Gear selector lever for 46 automatic transmission Front passenger front 73 air bag off indicator lamp Thumbwheel for setting dis 225 tance in Distronic Distance warning function 2295 on off button Lower storage compart ments Program mode selector for 179 automatic transmission At a glance Overhead control panel Y Overhead control panel Item Page Left reading lamp on off 138 2 Rear interior lighting on off 138 3 Right reading lamp on off 138 Interior lighting control 137 Tilt sliding sunroof Zale 6 Hands free microphone for 254 Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and voice control system see separate opera
355. on USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Activating gt Press and hold button Q for at least one second Deactivating gt Press button Q again or gt Insert the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Y Driving safety systems In this section you will find information on the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e BAS Brake Assist System e ESP Electronic Stability Program e AMATIC Four Wheel Electronic Trac tion System In winter operatio
356. on The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point A If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution Warning Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 327 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance in compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road Is not covered with snow or ice Exercise ap propriate caution Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the driv etrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tire speed rating Regardless of the tire rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driv ing speeds appropriate to prevailing condi tions A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi mum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail ure causing loss of vehicle control and pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal i
357. on gt page 366 Adding engine oil Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Main tenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles For a listing of ap proved engine oils and oil filters refer to the Factory Approved Service Prod ucts pamphlet in your vehicle literature portfolio or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of spec ification other than those expressly re quired for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC S 55 AMG Q Filler cap 1 Filler cap Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the en gine and catalytic converter not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For more information on engine see the Technical data section gt page 434 and gt page 437 S 65 AMG 1 Filler cap gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water gt Screw filler cap Q back on filler n
358. on a windshield might scratch the i pn aa glass and or damage the wiper blades i when wiping occurs on a dry wind shield If it is necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather conditions al ways operate the wipers with wind shield washer fluid gt page 53 a gt Switching on windshield wipers yy ta B LA 25311531 p Turn the combination switch to the de Combination switch sired position depending on the inten Single wipe sity of the rain Wiping with windshield washer fluid O Windshield wipers off 2 Switching on windshield wipers The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Intermittent wiping interval depen gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 dent on wetness of windshield Il Normal wiper speed Ill Fast wiper speed Intermittent wiping interval is depen dent on wetness of windshield Pauses between wipes are automatically con trolled by the rain sensor Do not leave windshield wipers in inter mittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during wind shield cleaning Wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and wipers may be dam aged as a result Intermittent wiping gt Set the wiper switch to position I Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in the direction of arrow Q T
359. on display Display field in the speedometer used to present information provided by the control system Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel with buttons for operat ing the control system Normal occupant weight gt page 324 Overspeed range Engine speeds within the red marking of the tachometer dial Avoid this en gine speed range as it may result in se rious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Parktronic system Parking assist system which uses visual and acoustic signals to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers Poly V belt drive Drives engine components alternator AC compressor etc from the engine Power train Collective term designating all compo nents used to generate and transmit motive power to the drive axles includ ing e Engine e Clutch torque converter e Transmission e Transfer case e Drive shaft e Differential e Axle shafts axles PRE SAFE Preventive occupant Safety system Vehicles equipped with PRE SAFE take preventive measures when the system senses certain driving dynamics sug gesting a possible accident Production options weight gt page 324 Technical terms Program mode selector switch Used to switch the automatic transmis sion between standard operation S and comfort operation C S55 AMG and S65 AMG with steering wheel gearshift control and manual shift program in addition to S and
360. on sta 158 tistics Calling up range distance to 158 empty Fuel consumption statistics after start gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the left display AFTER START I O Each time you call up the trip comput er the last function used appears as the first display HFTER START G i10 MI g 4 55 MPH 17 3 MPG 2 08 H 2 P54 32 3240 31 1 Distance driven since start 2 Time elapsed since start 3 Average fuel consumption since start 4 Average speed since start Controls in detail Control system Incorporating statistics from the previ ous journey in the consumption statis tics When you restart the engine the AFTER START display flashes for e adistance of approximately 1 25 miles two kilometers or e a duration of two minutes During this period the data from the previ ous journey can be incorporated as fol lows gt Press the reset button gt page 140 The statistics will be incorporated I O If you do not press the reset button the consumption statistics will be reset to 0 Controls in detail Control system Fuel consumption since last reset Resetting fuel consumption statistics Calling up range distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly Press button or repeatedly Press button or repeatedly until you
361. ons prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Controls in detail Useful features You can take and place telephone calls us ing the and buttons on the steering wheel To carry out other tele phone functions use the control system gt page 153 See separate operating manual for instruc tions on how to use the telephone Controls in detail Useful features Tele Aid The initial activation of the Tele Aid sys tem may only be performed by com pleting the subscriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using the Information button RSW Failure to complete either of these steps will re sult in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding ac tivation please call the Response Cen ter at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on De mand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e automatic and manual emergency e roadside assistance and e information The Tele Aid system is operational provid ing that the vehicle s battery is charged properl
362. ontrols in detail Automatic transmission Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with gear selector lever in N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A N Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also position P alone is not intended to or capable of preventing your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 48 When parked on an incline turn the front wheels towards the road curb Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move the gear selector lever from position P which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Driving tips Accelerator position Your driving style influences the transmission s shifting behavior Less throttle Earlier upshifting More throttle Later upshifting Kickdown Use kickdown when you want maximum acce
363. oolant temperature 666 283 Load identification 0008 317 DOT Tire Identification Number TUN EE E E E ET 318 Maximum tire load ccceeeeee 319 Maximum tire inflation pressure 320 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles 320 Tire ply material cceeeeceeeee 322 Tire and loading terminology 323 Rotating tires cceececcseeeeeeeeees 326 Winter driving sestvcptaniowsnessatinoeneicunancs 327 Winter tires sssseccccssssseceseees 327 Block heater Canada only 328 Snow CHAINS civcesccereversrsarensesinvaseers 328 Maintenance cccsseccessceceeseceenes 329 Clearing the maintenance service INGICATOL sccccceeeeeeees 330 Maintenance service term exceeded scccceeseccenes 330 Calling up the maintenance service INCICATOM ccccreseeees 330 Resetting the maintenance service INCICATOM cccceeeeeees 331 Vehicle CALre cccccessccccesssccseeeees 332 Cleaning and care of vehicle 332 Practical hints cc eececceeeeeeees 339 What to do if ears nne nee eeceer meet mee retreat 340 Lamps in instrument cluster 340 Lamp in center console 348 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 349 Where will find 2 ccccccceeeeeeees 384 First GIGI KIU sissctocsseasstensee veeaessesaaneaes 384 Vehi
364. or exteri or rear view mirrors OPENING LIMITER TRUNK LID ON H OFF a l P54 30 7427 31 gt Press button or E to switch the opening limiter for trunk lid ON or OFF Page 169 170 170 171 172 Controls in detail Control system Setting key dependency Use this function to set whether the mem ory settings for the seats the steering wheel the mirrors and the automatic cli mate control should be stored separately for each SmartKey gt page 128 gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the CONVENIENCE submenu gt Press button JM or ed repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display SETTINGS KEY DEPEN DENT The selection marker is on the current setting SETTINGS KEY DEPENDENT ON H OFF a P 4 32 2030 31 p gt Press or E to set key depen dency to ON or OFF Controls in detail Control system Activating easy entry exit feature gt Press or MSH to change the Do not leave children unattended in the ve easy entry exit setting Use this function to activate and deacti hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle vate the easy entry exit feature Children could open the driver s door and The following settings are available for the gt page 114 unintentionally activate the easy entry exit easy entry exit feature feature which could result in an accident i Oar The easy entry exit fea fuer and or serious personal injury
365. ore setting the vehi cle in motion e place the gear selector lever in position P or R only when the vehi cle is stopped Release the brake pedal Carefully depress the accelerator pedal Getting started Driving Once the vehicle is in motion the automat ic central locking system engages and the locking knobs drop down If you hear a warning signal and the message RELEASE PARKING BRAKE appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake After a cold start the automatic transmis sion shifts at a higher engine revolution This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier Do not run cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine Getting started Driving Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear You can open a locked door from the inside Open doors only when condi tions are safe to do so You can deactivate the automatic lock ing using the control system page 168 For more information see Driving instruc tions gt page 273 Switching on headlamps Low beam headlamps The exterior lamp switch is located on the dashboard to the left of the steering wheel
366. orized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display FAT BELT SYSTEM DRIVE TQ WORKSHOP gt CLOSE SUNROOF va CLOSE SUNROOF TELE AID DRIVE TQ WORKSHOP TELE AID BATTERY DRIVE TO WORKSHOP FUNCTION UNAVAILABLE Possible cause The seat belt system is malfunctioning You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the sliding portion of the tilt sliding sunroof open You have opened the driver s door with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch and the tilting portion of the tilt sliding sunroof open One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are malfunctioning The emergency power battery for the Tele Aid system is malfunctioning If the vehi cle battery is also discharged Tele Aid will not be operational This display appears if button or on the multifunction steering wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone Possible solution gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz gt Center as soon as possible Close the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 212 Close the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 212 Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Display TANK OPEN CEC te TEUER CAP TRUNK OPEN WASHER FLUID CHECK LEVEL Possible cause A loss of pre
367. orized Mercedes Benz Center are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system With the spe cial child seat properly installed the pas senger front air bag will not deploy The E indicator lamp C located on the lower part of the front center con sole will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed or in starter switch position 0 The system does not deactivate the side impact air bag or the emergency tensioning device Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 once or twice the alex indicator lamp comes on for approximately six seconds and then goes out If the BEI indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an Safety and Security Occupant safety authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information see Practical hints gt page 348 A The BabySmart air bag deactivation sys tem will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation sys tem The bottom of the child s
368. osting is turned off Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment Warning A N When the outside temperature is below 41 F 5 C only switch to air recirculation mode for short periods to prevent window fogging Activating gt Press button gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Press and hold button for approx imately two seconds The side windows and tilt sliding sunroof will close You can release button once the clos ing procedure has begun The windows and tilt sliding sunroof continue clos ing until they are fully closed Warning A N Never operate the side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the closing pro cedure In the event that the procedure causes po tential danger the closing of the side win dows can be immediately halted by pressing the respective window switch The closing of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by moving the tilt sliding sunroof switch in the overhead control panel in any direction The closing of the side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof can be reversed by again pressing and holding button Egy The air recirculation mode is
369. passenger seat of your vehicle you must properly use a BabySmart child restraint which will turn off the passenger front air bag BabySmart will not however turn off any side impact air bag It should be noted that with respect to both front and rear side impact air bags there is a possibility for a side air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not prop erly seated or restrained when next to a side air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side air bag be activated 2 Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and use an appropriately sized infant or child restraint system for all children 12 years old or under 3 Always wear seat belts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have the rear mount ed side air bags deactivated then deactiva tion can be accomplished upon your written request to do so at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372
370. personal injury Operation of the rear door lighters is only possible if the override switch gt page 77 is deactivated Controls in detail Useful features Heated steering wheel Switching on Switching off except S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in the di The steering wheel heating warms up the gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in the di rection of arrow leather area of the steering wheel rection of arrow 1 The steering wheel heating is turned off Indicator lamp 2 goes out The stalk with the heated steering wheel The steering wheel is heated Indicator switch is on the lower left hand side of the lamp 2 comes on D ee n o Al Indicator lamp 2 flashes or switches i dice See lt i ok The steering wheel heating is tempo ut rarily suspended while indicator e incase of power surge or undervolt lamp remains on when age e the temperature of the vehicle inte e incase of a steering wheel heating rior is above 86 F 30 C malfunction e the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C a The steering wheel heating switches off When these conditions do not apply 1 Switching on anymore steering wheel heating con automatically when you ead the 2 Indicator lamp tinues SmartKey from the starter switch or on Switching off vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition gt page 34 an
371. proximately the mini mum level Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Possible solution The engine oil has dropped to a critical gt level There is water in the engine oil gt The measuring system is malfunctioning gt When this occurs the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further Visually check for oil leaks If no obvious oil leaks are noted drive to the nearest ser vice station where the engine oil should be topped to the required level with an ap proved oil specified in the Factory Ap proved Service Products pamphlet Check the engine oil level gt page 289 and add engine oil as required gt page 292 If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks Have the engine oil checked Have the measuring system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints What to do if Display ENTRY POSITION DO NOT DRIVE HOOD OPEN REMOVE KEY REPLACE KEY DRIVE TQ WORKSHOP AUTOMATIC LIGHT ON REMOVE KEY KEY CHECK BATTERY KEY NOT RECOGNIZED Possible cause Seat exterior mirrors and steering wheel have not yet moved to their preset driving positions You are driving w
372. pth of approxi mately in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread A Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI be come visible at approximately in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not al low your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Warning Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Specified tire inflation pressures must be maintained This applies particularly if the tires are subject to extreme operating con ditions e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temperatures Operation Driving instructions A Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Warning Hydroplaning_ Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Operation Driving instructions Tire tracti
373. r Operation Tires and wheels GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passen gers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on Certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kilopascals kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bars There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Maximum tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heav
374. r risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more Safety and Security Occupant safety likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt Air bags can only protect as they are designed if the occupants are prop erly wearing their seat belts Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Warning A N Damaged seat belts or belts tha
375. r A e One fuse chart for the main fuse box P58 10 2071 31 e Spare fuses b gt Practical hints Where will I find A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Warning Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Al ways lower the vehicle onto sufficient ca pacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Spare wheel Removing the spare wheel gt Take out the vehicle tool kit tray gt Loosen the luggage bowl 3 To do so turn the luggage bowl counterclock wise gt Remove the spare wheel 4 Storing the spare wheel gt Place spare wheel 4 in wheel well gt Secure the spare wheel To do so turn the luggage bowl 8 clockwise to its stop gt Place vehicle tool kit tray 2 in luggage bowl Spare wheel S 350 S 430 S 500 and S 600 except Sport Package The spare wheel r
376. r CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed switches off If you must use this phone the vehicle must be parked Disconnect the coiled cord and place the call The COMAND navigation system if engaged will continue to run The display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spoken commands are only available by press ing the RPT button on the COMAND unit A pop up window will appear in the COMAND display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unin tentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not handy gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your pass word which you provided when you completed the subscriber agreement gt Then return to your vehicle and press the trunk lid button for a minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message CALL CONNECTED ap pears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehi cle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your acquaintance call The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature Controls in detail Useful features The remote door unlock feature is avail able if the relevant cellular phone net work is available
377. r view mirror gt Manually adjust the interior rear view mirror For more information see Rear view mir rors gt page 186 Getting started Adjusting Exterior rear view mirrors Warning A N Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Getting started Adjusting The buttons are located on the driver s door 1 Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button 2 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 3 Adjustment button Switch on the ignition gt page 34 The memory function gt page 128 lets you store the setting for the exterior rear view mirrors together with the set ting for the steering wheel and the seat position Press button for the left mirror or button 2 for the right mirror Push adjustment button 3 up down left or right according to the desired setting At low ambient temperatures the mir T rors will be heated automatically For information on how to reposition the exterior mirror housing when itwas For more information see Folding exteri forcibly pushed forward hit from the or rear view mirrors in and out rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit automatically gt page 188 f
378. rass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb Getting started Parking and locking Turn the SmartKey to starter switch position O and remove or press KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle when leaving Getting started Parking and locking Parking brake 1 Parking brake pedal 2 Release handle gt Step firmly on parking brake pedal Q When the engine is running the indicator lamp USA only or g Canada only in the instrument cluster illuminates Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or move the gear selec tor lever from position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious injury Warning A N
379. re straint A For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Warning Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Controls in detail Seats Individual power seats The switches for adjusting the seats are lo cated at the respective rear doors P54 25 3358 31 1 Seat fore and aft adjustment 2 Seat height 3 Head restraint folding down or placing upright Controls in detail Seats Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Press switch forward or backward in the direction of arrow Q Seat height gt Press switch up or down in the direc tion of arrow 2 Head restraint folding down or placing upright gt Press switch in the up direction of arrow 3 to place the head restraint upright gt Press switch in the down direction of arrow 3 to fold down the head re straint Warning A N For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Power seat setting front passenger seat position from rear This function lets you adjust the position of the front passenger seat from the rear Warning A N When adjusti
380. reeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con tact with hot engine parts The coolant expansion tank is located on the passenger side of the engine compart ment Using a rag turn the cap slowly approx imately one half turn to the left to re lease any excess pressure Continue turning the cap to the left and remove it Hi S 600 and S 65 AMG Only open the cap on coolant expan sion tank 1 Never open the cap be tween the charge air coolers Otherwise the engine could be dam aged The coolant level is correct if the level for cold coolant reaches the white marking plastic bridge inside the cool ant expansion tank for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher Add coolant as required Replace and tighten cap For more information on coolant see Coolants gt page 439 ay Your vehicle s battery is located on the right side of the trunk floor gt page 408 The battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated ser vice life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short dis tance trips you will need to have the bat tery charge checked more frequently When replacing the battery always use batteries approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about
381. rivers responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt page 349 Warning gt Press button or repeatedly until the vehicle status message mem ory appears in the multifunction dis play No vehicle status messages If no conditions are recorded in the memo ry the message in the multifunction dis play Is NO MESSAGES Vehicle status messages have been re corded If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction dis play 4 MESSAGES P54 32 2627 31 1 Number of messages Controls in detail Control system gt Press button BVA or Ba The stored messages will now be dis played in the order in which the mal functions have occurred See the Practical hints section for malfunc tion and warning messages gt page 349 Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunc tion display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or re moved from the starter switch If you press the reset button gt page 140 the next message will be displayed immediately The vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you swi
382. riving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Warning The memory button and stored position Storing positions into memory switch are located on the door gt Adjust the seats steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the de sired position gt page 37 gt gt Press memory button 2 T Release memory button 2 and push one of the position buttons Q within three seconds Qo od All the settings are stored with the se So aa lected position 1 Memory position buttons 2 Memory button gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 or gt Open the respective door Controls in detail Memory function Recalling positions from memory gt Press and hold one of the position buttons Q until the seat steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors have fully moved to the stored posi tions Releasing the button immediately stops movement to the stored posi tions Warning A N Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the seat backrest is in an excessively reclined position Doing so could cause damage to front or rear seats First move seat backrest to an upright posi tion Controls in detail Memory function Storing exterior rear view mirror park ing position For easier parking you can adjust the pas senger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the right rear wheel as soon as you engage reve
383. rmatic 358 Brake fluid 361 Brake pads 361 Check engine 342 343 Coolant 363 Coolant level 362 Distronic 354 Doors 365 Engine 342 343 Engine oil level 366 Entry position 368 Hood 368 Lamps 371 Parking brake 360 Selector lever 357 SmartKey 368 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 368 TeleAid 374 Telephone 374 Tires 376 383 Trunk 375 Washer fluid 375 Multifunction steering wheel 26 144 447 Buttons 144 N Navigation system Operating 155 See separate COMAND operating in structions Night security illumination 133 Normal occupant weight 324 O Occupant distribution 324 Occupant safety 60 Air bags 61 Children and air bags 62 Children in the vehicle 71 Fastening the seat belt 43 Infant and child restraint systems 71 LATCH child seat anchors 75 Seat belts 43 64 Oil Adding 292 Consumption 288 Dipstick 288 Filler neck 291 292 293 Viscosity 445 Oil level Checking 286 Oil level via control system Checking 289 One touch gearshifting 180 Canceling gear range limit 180 Downshifting 180 Upshifting 180 Opening Ashtray 249 Cup holder 249 Doors from the inside 102 Fuel filler flap 284 Fuel filler flap manually 390 Glove box 243 Hood 287 Power tilt sliding sunroof 212 Power windows 208 Side windows 209 Storage compartment in the center console 243 Storage compartments in the armrest 245 Storage compartments in the center console 244 245 Trunk 103 Trunk lid from the
384. rning A N Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump noz zle which could cause personal injury gt Replace fuel cap by turning it clockwise until it audibly engages gt Close the fuel filler flap Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump More information on gasoline can be found in the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp ered USA only NEJ Canada only to illuminate For more information see the Practi cal hints section gt page 343 Operation At the gas station Check regularly and before a long trip P00 40 2007 3 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system 2 Coolant level 3 Brake fluid o Opening the hood see gt page 287 Operation At the gas station Windshield washer system and head lamp cleaning system For more information on refilling the wash er reservoir see Windshield washer sys tem and headlamp cleaning system gt page 296 Coolant For more information on coolant see Coolant level gt page 294 and see Fu els cool
385. rol system gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 and back to 0 The delayed switch off feature is deac tivated It will reactivate as soon as you reinsert the SmartKey in the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 on the gear selec tor lever Interior lighting delayed switch off Use this function to set whether and for how long you would like the interior light ing to remain lit during darkness after the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the LIGHT ING submenu b gt Controls in detail Control system gt gt gt Press button FA or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display INTERIOR LIGHTING DELAYED SWITCH OFF The selection marker is on the current setting INTERIOR LIGHTING DELAYED SwWITCH OFF 20 SEC P 4 32 2631 31 gt Press or SSM to select the de sired lamp on time period You can se lect e 0 SEC the delayed switch off fea ture is deactivated D SiGe 20 SEG SEC OF 20 SEC the delayed switch off fea ture is activated Vehicle submenu Access the VEHICLE submenu via the SET INGS menu Use the VEHICLE submenu to make general vehicle settings The follow ing functions are available Function Page Setting automatic locking 168 Limiting opening height of trunk 169 lid Sett
386. rom the front see Folding exterior rear view mirrors in and out manually page 189 Y Driving Warning A N Do not lay any objects in the driver s foot well Be careful that floor mats or carpets in the driver s footwell have sufficient clear ance for the pedals During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate Fastening the seat belts Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear and pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed Getting started Driving In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt The air bags can only provide the protection they were designed to afford if the occupants are using their seat belts gt page 60 Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front
387. ron nthe Sirvo DAN Power washer 333 Vehicle submenu ed Seat belts 337 Limiting opening height of trunk lid Vehicle iadividualeanings 160 T62 Side markers 334 Control system 169 D amp Steering wheel 337 Vehicle tool kit 384 385 Locking in an emergency 389 l Tail lamps 334 Alignment bolt 385 Lowering 407 l i Tar stains 333 Fuse chart 385 Service battery 408 i l Turn signals 334 Fuse extractor 385 Towing 413 ET Upholstery 338 Gloves 385 Unlocking in an emergency 388 l Vehicle washing 334 Screwdriver 385 Vehicle battery 408 l Vehicle canacitiwehi 325 Window cleaning 336 Spare fuses 385 PARI AS Wiper blades 335 Wheel wrench 385 Wood trims 338 Vehicle washing 334 Ventilated storage compartment 203 Ventilation Storage compartment 203 VIN Vehicle Identification Number 449 Voice control system 449 Hands free microphone 29 W Warning indicators Parktronic 236 Warning lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function 226 Distronic 220 Drivers seat belts 67 Parking brake 49 Warranty coverage 421 Washing the vehicle 332 Wear pattern tires 326 Weights 433 Wheel change Tightening torque 407 Wheels Tires and wheels 297 Window curtain airbags 66 Windows see Side windows Windshield Refilling washer fluid 296 Replacing wiper blades 401 Washer fluid 296 Windshield washer fluid Message in display 375 Refilling 296 Wiping with 53 Windshield wipers 52 Fast wiper speed 52 Intermitt
388. rophone Manual headlamp mode 132 Maximum loaded vehicle weight 324 Hands free microphone 29 Manual operations Mechanical key 388 Miles kilometers in soeedometer Closing the power tilt sliding Memory function 128 446 Setting 163 sunroof 391 Recalling positions from Mirrors Fuel filler flap 390 memory 129 Activating exterior rear view mirror Interior lighting control 137 Storing exterior rear view mirror park parking position 187 Locking the vehicle 389 ing positions 130 Adjusting 41 Opening the power tilt sliding Storing key dependent settings 129 Auto dimming for rear view sunroof 391 Menus 145 mirror 186 Power tilt sliding sunroof 391 AUDIO 148 Exterior rear view mirror parking Unlocking the driver s door 388 Distronic 156 221 position 170 Manual shift program S 55 AMG and In control system 146 147 Exterior rear view mirrors 41 S 65 AMG NAVI 155 Interior rear view mirror 41 Activating 184 Settings menu 160 Storing exterior rear view mirror park Automatic transmission 183 Standard display 148 ing position 130 Deactivating 185 Submenus 145 MON 285 Massage function 123 TEL 153 MON Motor Octane Number 447 MAXCOOL Trip computer 157 MP3 CD operation Maximum cooling 197 Vehicle status message memory 159 Selecting tracks 150 Maximum inflation pressure 324 Mph or km h in speedometer 163 Multicontour backrest 122 Multifunction display 143 447 Selecting language 164 Standard display 147 Multifunction display messages ABC 351 ABS 353 Ai
389. rse gear R For information on activating the parking position see Setting parking position for exterior rear view mirror gt page 170 P88 70 2227 31 1 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 2 Adjustment button You can store a parking position for the M Memory button passenger side exterior rear view mir ror for each SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Stop the vehicle Make sure the ignition is switched on gt page 34 Press button Q The passenger side exterior rear view mirror is selected Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with button 2 so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb Press memory button M Within three seconds press bottom of adjustment button 2 on BA The parking position is stored if the mirror does not move If the mirror does move repeat the above steps After the setting is stored you can move the mirror again Y Lighting For information on how to switch on the headlamps and use the turn signals see Switching on headlamps gt page 50 and Turn signals gt page 51 If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country in which the vehicle is reg istered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at your authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Exterior lamp switch The exterior lamp sw
390. rt Controls in detail Seats Drive dynamic seat Activating gt Press button Q The drive dynamic seat automatically ad justs the lateral support provided by the seat backrest to your driving style The indicator lamp in the switch comes on and the following message appears in the multifunction display for five sec onds The switches for the driver s and front pas senger seat are located on the inner side of the seat th DRIU DYN SEAT ADJ DRIVER ACTIVATED P54 32 2795 31 Message for the driver s seat Message for the front passenger seat DRIV DYN SEAT ADJ FRONT PASSENGER ACTIVATED i You can adjust the characteristics of the drive dynamic seat using the con trol system gt page 171 DYNAMIC eR 1 Activate drive dynamic function P91 25 2160 31 The drive dynamic seat electronically con trols the air pressure in the air chambers of the seat backrest side bolsters This func tion improves driving comfort and plea sure gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Deactivating gt Press button Q again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The message for the driver s seat DRIV DYN SEAT ADJ DRIVER DEACTIVATED or the message for the front passenger seat DRIV DYN SEAT ADJ FRONT PASSENGER DEACTIVATED appears in the multifunction display When the engine is turned off the last cushion setting retained in memory
391. runk 3 Locking tab for mechanical key 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp 6 Panic button gt page 78 When any outside door handle other than the driver s outside door handle is grasped the vehicle is centrally un locked Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO to high levels of electro magnetic radiation USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unaut
392. ry to en sure adequate control reach and com fort The head restraint should also be adjusted for proper height See also the section on air bags gt page 61 for proper seat positioning In addition adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach opera tion and comfort Both the inside and outside rear view mirrors should be ad justed for adequate rear vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 You can store up to three different settings per SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The following settings are saved for each stored position the driver s door e Drivers seat and backrest position e Settings for the multicontour seat e Steering wheel position e Exterior rear view mirror position e Automatic climate control These key dependent memory settings can be deactivated if desired For informa tion on key dependent memory settings see Setting key dependency gt page 169 The following settings are not key depen dent They are stored when using the but tons on the front passenger door e Front passenger seat backrest and head restraint position and settings for multicontour seat A Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while d
393. s Same size tires E S 350 S 430 S 430 4MATIC S 500 S 500 4MATIC without Sport Package Rims light alloy 7 5 x17 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Summer tires All season tires 225 55 R17 97H M S Winter tires 9 225 55R17 97H M S S 600 without Sport Package and without Appearance Package 8 Jx18 H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 96Y 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S A or 245 45 R18 96H M S 4 For use with snow chains contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Radial ply tires 3 For more information see Winter tires gt page 327 S 600 with Appearance Package 8 x18H2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 96Y 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S 4 or 245 45 R18 96H M S 4 Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires All season tires Winter tires Radial ply tires o A WN S 430 S 500 S 600 with Sport Package S 55 AMG 8J x18H2 2 or 8 5 x18 EH2 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 100V XL Extra Load M S amp 2 or 245 45 R18 96H M S 4 7 For use with winter tires only For use with snow chains contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Must not be used with snow chains For more information see Winter tires gt page 327 Technical data S 430 4MATIC S 500 4MATIC with Sport Package 8Jx18 H2 or 8 5J x18 EH22 1 73 in 44 mm 245 45 R18 100Y XL Extra Load 245 45 R18 100V XL
394. s IMIMODINIZEL eee eee ccceeeecceeeeeeeeeeees Anti theft alarm system 00 Tow away alarm cccseescceeeeeeneeees Controls in detail eee 91 Locking and unlocking 92 SmartKey aise ties nchesictmnsemadings epantoesien 92 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 96 Opening the doors from the INSIdE cceeeccceeeeeeees 102 Opening the trunk ceeeeee eee 103 Closing the trunk 105 Trunk lid emergency release 111 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid ce eeeccceeeeceeeeeeeeeee 112 Automatic central locking 112 Locking and unlocking from the inside cceeeccceesee ees 113 Oh AE E 114 Easy entry exit feature 114 Removing and installing front seat head restraints 006 116 Rear seats ci chines caiverenieca erocdeaaceesnss 117 Rear seat head restraints 120 Lumbar SUPPOFt ccseeeeeeeeees 122 Multicontour backrest 122 Drive dynamic seat o on 124 Seat heating ccessesccsesseeeeees 125 Seat ventilation ccceseceeeee 127 Memory function cceceeeeeceeeeeee ees Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory 129 Storing exterior rear view mirror parking position 6 130 EVE ILS eapcuncipspettectoncusatecsadieatsetaniereeate 131 Exterior lamp switch 088 131 Combination switch
395. s com pletely the sunroof is synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Y Driving systems The driving systems of your vehicle are de scribed on the following pages e Cruise control and Distronic with which the vehicle can maintain a preset speed e Airmatic adjusts the vehicle suspen sion characteristics automatically and controls the vehicle level e ABC with vehicle level control system with which you can change vehicle sus pension characteristics e Parktronic which serves as a parking assistant For information on the BAS ABS and ESP driving systems see Driving safety systems gt page 79 Cruise control Cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle Use of cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time You can set or resume cruise control at any speed over 20 mph 30 km h The cruise control function is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column gt page 22 Controls in detail Driving systems A Cruise control is a convenience system de signed to assist the driver during vehicle op eration The driver is and must remain at all times responsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation Warning Only use cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advis
396. s in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed If the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours you must pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEYLESS GO function Get in the vehicle For more information see SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 96 Getting started Unlocking Starter switch positions Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury SmartKey Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrical con sumers such as seat adjustment 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instru ment cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster re mains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 340 3 Starting position o When you switch on the ignition the in dicator and warning l
397. s of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following Controls in detail Useful features Operation of integrated remote control Erasing the integrated remote control Reprogramming a single integrated sig gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 i PALAN SMITE EDULE gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 To program a device using a signal trans gt Select and press the appropriate inte P Pprop mitter button previously trained follow grated signal transmitter button gt Simultaneously hold down the signal 3 or 4 to activate the remote con transmitter buttons 2 and for ap Iose GEPS trolled device proximately 20 seconds until the indi Press and hold the desired signal trans The integrated remote control trans cator lamp Q flashes rapidly Do not mitter button 2 or Do not re mitter continues to send the signal as hold for longer than 30 seconds lease the button long as the button is pressed up to The codes of all three channels are gt The indicator lamp Q will begin to 20 seconds erased flash after 20 seconds Without releas ing the integrated signal transmitter I O button proceed with programming If you sell your vehicle erase the codes starting with step 3 of all three channels Controls in detail Useful features Infrared reflecting windshield Your vehicle is equipped with infrared re flecting glass which reduce
398. s the amount of radiated heat entering the interior through the windows The infrared reflecting glass also prevents the transmission of signals through the glass by in vehicle electronic devices e g electronic toll collection devices To allow the use of these devices in the ve hicle two infrared transparent areas and 2 are placed in the windshield 1 Mounting location for electronic toll collection devices infrared transpar ent 2 Infrared transparent area pass through for electronic signals 3 31 5 in 80 cm 4 19 0 in 48 cm 1 75 in 4 5 cm Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Driving instructions At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Maintenance Vehicle care Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km In the Operation section you will find de tailed information on operating maintain ing and caring for your vehicle The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satis fied you will be with its performance later on e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive en gine speeds no more than ye of max imum rpm in each gear e Avoid accelerating by kick down e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear us
399. see the first function of the until you see the first function of the until you see the first function of the trip computer menu trip computer menu trip computer menu gt Press button J or Re repeatedly Press button BANG or A repeatedly Press button BAN or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the dis until you see the reading that you want until you see this message in the dis play AFTER RESET to reset in the display play RANGE OF TER RESET gt Press and hold the reset button In the display you will see the calculat gt page 140 until the value is reset ed range based on the current fuel tank C1 2145 MI 39 00 H 2 to 0 level D 4 55 HPH 17 3 MPG P54 32 3241 31 RANGE 1 Distance driven since last reset E 207 MILES 2 Time elapsed since last reset 3 Average fuel consumption since last re p54 92 3190 31 set 4 Average speed since last reset Vehicle status message memory menu Use the vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the sys tem Such messages appear in the multi function display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded A Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are inten tionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a remind er with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the owner s and or d
400. senger seat or rear seats are in an unfavorable posi gt Adjust the backrest or seat slightly to the rear until the seat belt tension is di ing the PRE SAFE system in your car the possibility of injuries occurring as a result of an accident cannot be totally eliminated Therefore you should always drive carefully and adjust your driving to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions tion they are adjusted to a better posi tion Rear seat adjustment occurs only in vehicles with individual seats in the rear The tilt sliding sunroof closes if the ve hicle is in a severe skid or is spinning minished The locking mechanism releases Children in the vehicle If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle e Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate for the age and size of the child e Make sure the infant or child is proper ly secured at all times while the vehicle Is in motion Infant and child restraint seats and infor mation on choosing an appropriate re straint system can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Infant and child restraint systems Use only a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion l BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp All lap shoulder belts except t
401. sion will go to the automatic program mode C or S The manual program mode M is not stored Controls in detail Automatic transmission Emergency operation Limp Home Mode If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts the trans mission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear can be activated Stop the vehicle Vv Move gear selector lever to P vy Turn off the engine Wait at least ten seconds before restarting vy vy Restart the engine gt Move gear selector lever to position D for second gear or R gt Have the transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Good visibility For information on the windshield wipers see Windshield wipers gt page 52 Headlamp cleaning system Standard on S 500 S 600 S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG The switch is located on the left side of the dashboard P54 25 2935 31 1 Headlamp washer switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt Press switch 1 The headlamps are cleaned with a high pressure water jet For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 296 Rear view mirrors For information on setting the rear view mirrors see Mirrors gt page 41 Auto dimmin
402. so increased by driv ing in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly area Drinking and driving Warning A N Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combina tions Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal ac cident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Operation Driving instructions Pedals Warning A N Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement Power assistance Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Operation Driving instructions Brakes Warning VAN After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through wa ter deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected braking ef fect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pa
403. sors Q on the bumpers using a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water and a soft non scratchy cloth When using a steam cleaner or power washer aim nozzle only briefly from a min imum distance of 12 in 30 cm at sensors 1 Do not apply strong pressure to the sensor cover applying strong pressure may dam age the sensor cover Operation Vehicle care To prevent scratches never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensor Do not at tempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Wiper blades Ka The windshield wipers must be in a ver tical position before folding them away from the windshield They could other wise damage the hood Turn on the wipers and place it in a ver tical position For information on placing the wipers to a vertical position see Replacing wiper blades gt page 401 gt D b gt Operation Vehicle care A For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before cleaning the wiper blades Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Warning gt Clean the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and detergent solution Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in t
404. splay Residual engine heat utilization REST Automatic climate control on off Air distribution right automatic manual AC cooling on off Right side temperature control Air volume automatic manual Left side temperature control Air recirculation Air distribution left automatic man ual Activated charcoal filter Controls in detail Automatic climate control The automatic climate control is operation al whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in ei ther the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depend ing on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature Warning A N When operating the automatic climate con trol the air that enters the passenger com partment through the air vents in the footwell can be very hot or very cold de pending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite on unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Al ways keep sufficient distance between un protected parts of the body and the footwell air vents If necessary change the air flow using the air distribution controls to direct the air away from the footwell air vents gt page 196 Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the mode
405. ssible cause Possible solution BATTERY CHARGE The battery is no longer charging gt Stop immediately and check the VISIT WORKSHOP Possible causes poly V belt e alternator malfunctioning If it is broken e broken poly V belt gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not forget that the brake system re quires electrical energy and may be oper ating with restricted capability Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is If it is intact One gt Drive immediately to the nearest autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Adjust driv ing to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness RELEASE You are driving with the parking brake en Release the parking brake gt page 48 USA only PARKING BRAKE gaged Canada only Display iO BRAKE PAD WEAR VISIT WORKSHOP BRAKE FLUID USA only VISIT WORKSHOP Canada only Warning A N Driving with the message BRAKE FLUID VISIT WORKSHOP displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Don not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be serious ly burned Practical hints What to do if Possible cause Poss
406. ssure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky This message will appear whenever the trunk lid is open The fluid level has dropped to about of total reservoir capacity Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Check the fuel cap gt page 284 If it is not closed properly gt Close the fuel cap If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Close the trunk lid y Add washer fluid gt page 296 Practical hints What to do if Tire inflation pressure monitor messages Display Possible cause Possible solution TIRE PRES MONITOR There was a tire inflation pressure warning gt Activate the tire inflation pressure monitor REACTIVE AFTER message after correcting the tire inflation pressure val The yellow warning lamp for the tire infla Les gt page 200 tion pressure monitor comes on and you have not reactivated the system since the last tire inflation pressure check CORRECTING PRESSURE TUNE PiesoUie DISPLAY ONLY AVAILABLE WHEN IGNITION IS ON gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 TIRE PRES MONITOR The tire inflation pressure monitor is using REACTIVATED the current pressure values as the basis for monitoring Warning A You niay SE COM A ice Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces Do not drive with a
407. stablished then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display for approximately ten seconds Warning Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually gt A S PEZ 20 2573 31 1 SOS button 2 Cover gt Briefly press on the cover 2 The cover will open Press SOS button Q briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center gt Close cover 2 after the emergency call is concluded Warning A N If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle ve hicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe loca tion The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they re ceive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occu pants Roadside Assistance button and Information button The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located in the storage compartment below the front armrest gt page 244 d C Information button 2 Roadsid
408. stem is malfunction ing The high mounted brake lamp is malfunc tioning Brake lamp illumination is delayed or lamp is permanently on The left brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used The right brake lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used The display for the lamps or the system is malfunctioning Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Change the position of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch if necessary gt Take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO out of the vehicle gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible vy gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display O ows 1 FRONT FOGLAMP LEFT CE C a Ghai FRONT FOGLAMP RIGHT Chie Ck BVGEIE HIGH BEAM LEFT CAG Ss ellen HIGH BEAM RIGHT CHECK TG E EN ERREA TERE CHECK LIGHT EICENSE PLATE ER Check E LIGHT SENSOR DRIVE TO WORKSHOP Possible cause The left front fog lamp is malfunctioning The right front fog lamp is malfunctio
409. stems Immobilizer Deactivating The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter Activating switch The immobilizer is deactivated With the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The immobilizer is activated With KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine by means of the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 gt Open the drivers door The immobilizer is activated Safety and Security Anti theft systems With KEYLESS GO gt Start the engine by means of the start stop button gt page 35 on the gear selector lever The immobilizer is deactivated In case the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Safety and Security Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens a door the trunk the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immedi ately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key someone opens a door from the inside someone opens the trunk lid with the
410. stration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 426 Operation Tires and wheels Tire size designation load and speed rating 1 Tire width 2 Aspect ratio in 3 Radial tire code 4 Rim diameter Tire load rating 6 Tire speed rating a For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width The tire width G gt page 313 indicates the nominal tire width in mm Aspect ratio The aspect ratio 2 gt page 313 is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in
411. system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inopera tive or causing unintended air bag deploy ment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Air bags are designed to reduce the poten tial of injury and fatality in certain frontal im pacts front air bags side impacts side impact air bags and head protection window curtain air bags or rollovers head protec tion window curtain air bags However no system available today can totally eliminate injuries and fatalities The activation of the air bags temporarily re leases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither inju rious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for peo ple with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Warning A N To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is
412. t gt gt Keeping jack in this position turn crank 3 clockwise until the jack base meets the ground Make sure the jack is vertical plumb line gt Continue to turn the crank until the tire is a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground A Warning The jack is intended only for lifting the vehi cle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle e Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised e Never lie down under the raised vehicle Removing the wheel Mounting the new wheel gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while in stalling first wheel bolt P40 10 2801 31 AN Always replace wheel bolts that are dam aged or rusted Warning 1 Alignment bolt gt Unscrew upper most wheel bolt and re move gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts bolt Q supplied in the tool kit Damaged wheel hub threads should be re paired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an au T thorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Remove the remaining bolts Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an acc
413. t five minutes before repeating check procedure gt If engine is not at operating tempera ture yet wait 30 minutes before re peating check procedure If you see the message ENGINE OIL LEVEL NOT WHEN ENGINE ON gt Turn off the engine gt If the engine is at operating tempera ture wait five minutes before checking oil gt Ifthe engine is not at operating temper ature yet you must wait 30 minutes be fore checking oil If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the fol lowing message will appear ENGINE OIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the en gine and catalytic converter not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Perform the engine oil level check with the dipstick S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG only if it cannot be complet ed with the control system In this case we recommend that you have the system checked at a Mercedes Benz Center For more information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 366 Checking the engine oil level with the oil dipstick S 350 S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG only When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e with the engine at operating tempera ture t
414. t hooks or handles over the door These items may turn into projec tiles and cause head and other injuries when curtain air bag is deployed Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Air bag system components will be hot after the air bag has inflated Do not touch In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or emergency tensioning device our safety instructions must be fol lowed These instructions are available from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the air bags there is the possibility of abra sions or other injuries resulting from air bag deployment When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front air bags 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger front air bag Driver s and passenger front air bags are deployed e inthe event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold
415. t pas senger seat prevents deployment of the passenger front air bag if a BabySmart compatible child seat is installed See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Bar gt page 323 BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automo tive Corp BAS Brake Assist System System for potentially reducing braking distances in emergency braking situa tions The system is activated when it senses an emergency based on how fast the brake is applied Bead gt page 323 Bi xenon headlamps Headlamps which use an electric arc as the light source and produce a more in tense light than filament headlamps Bi xenon headlamps produce low beam and high beam CAC Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz customer service cen ter which can help you with any ques tions about your vehicle and provide assistance in the event of a break down CAN system Controller Area Network Data bus network serving to control ve hicle functions such as door locking or windshield wiping Cockpit All instruments switches buttons and indicator warning lamps in the passen ger compartment needed for vehicle operation and monitoring Cold tire inflation pressure gt page 323 COMAND Cockpit Management and Data Sys tem Information and operating center for vehicle sound and communications systems including the radio and navi gation system as well as other optional equipment CD changer telephone etc
416. t were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been ap proved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to failure of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this sec tion as that could result in serious inju ries in case of an accident e Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents includ ing rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver s air bag passenger front air bag side impact air bags head protection window cur tain air bags for side windows ETD seat belt emergency tensioning device and front seat knee bolsters The sys tem is designed to enhance the protec tion offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags and ETD and side side impact window curtain air bags and ETD im pacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers win dow curtain air bags
417. t wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Set the parking brake gt Move the gear selector lever to P Vehicles with SmartKey gt Turn off the engine gt page 57 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO button on the gear se lector lever once gt page 57 gt Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Open the door only when conditions are safe to do so Vehicles with SmartKey gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Mounting the spare wheel Warning UN Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted When driving with spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire inflation pressure Practical hints Flat tire The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12000 miles 20000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an acci dent and possible injuries The spare wheel should only be used tempo rarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickly as possible Additional information for S 55 AMG S 65 AMG and vehicles with Sport Pack age The dimensions of the spare wheel are dif ferent from those of the road wheels As a result the v
418. tact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or 366 0123 in Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from the Hotline Introduction Vehicle data recording Y Vehicle data recording
419. tarting approximately one month before your next maintenance service Is due one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A A SERVICE IN XXXXX MI Canada IN XXXXX_ KM A SERVICE IN XXX DAYS A SERVICE IN X DAY A SERVICE DUE NOW Operation Maintenance A SERVICE IN 3300 HI P54 32 277 1 31 The type of maintenance service due is in dicated in the multifunction display Vehicles equipped with FSS Flexible Service System only Canada vehi cles Basic service A Extended service B The interval between services depends on your driving habits A gentle driving style moderate engine speeds and the avoidance of short distance trips will lengthen the interval between services Operation Maintenance Clearing the maintenance service indi cator The maintenance service indicator is auto matically cleared after 30 seconds when you switch on the ignition or when reach ing the maintenance service threshold while driving You can also clear it yourself P54 32 2735 31 4 Reset button gt Press the reset button Q Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested main tenance service term you will see the fol lowing message in the multifunction display A SERVICE EXCEEDED BY XXXX MI Canada XXXX KM A SERVICE E
420. tch on the ignition You will then only see high pri ority messages in the multifunction dis play These are highlighted in red color gt page 349 Controls in detail Control system Settings menu The following settings and submenus are Resetting all settings l available In the SETTINGS menu there are two func TATE ate ONS rane ne Function Page menus to the factory settings e Thefunction TO RESET PRESS R BUTTON Resetting all settings a o Ae i panama Br oS ne FOR 3 SEC with which you can reset Submenus in the Settings menu 161 AA E E E all settings to the original factory set Resetting the functions of a sub 161 In the multifunction display you will see tings menu the request to press the reset e A collection of submenus with which Instrument cluster submenu 163 even again to ON ke individual setti f gt Press the reset button again you a e individual settings for eE 164 ag oy Neda The functions of all the submenus will Vehicle submenu 168 gt Press button or repeatedly reset to factory settings until the SETTINGS menu appears in Convenience submenu 169 the multifunction display The settings you have changed will not SETTINGS be reset unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a sec TO RESET PRESS ond time y R BUTTON FOR 3 SEC Due to safety reasons resetting all of P54 32 2628 31 the settings while driving will not reset all of the values in the LIGHTING or the VEHICLE menu
421. teristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture G gt page 318 identifies the week and year of manufac ture The first two figures identify the week starting with 0 1 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 Maximum tire load Maximum tire load rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration The maximum tire load is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support Operation Tires and wheels A Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Warning For more information on tire load rating gt page 314 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities gt page 303 Operation Tires and wheels Maximum tire inflation pressure Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 306 for proper tire inflation Never exceed the max tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire inflation pressures es q Do not underinflate tires
422. the Service and Warranty Informa tion Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Ser vice in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Itis in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it avail able to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty In formation Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in for eign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat alytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably low er octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Introduction Operator s Manual Certain Mercedes Benz models are avail able for delivery in Europe under our Euro pean Delivery Program For details consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0
423. the air condi tioning cooling function of the automatic climate control system The air in the vehi cle will then no longer be cooled or dehu midified gt Press button gt page 193 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air condition ing gt Press again gt page 193 The indicator lamp on button goes out The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer Hi If button on the automatic cli mate control panel starts to flash this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned itself off The air conditioning cannot be turned on again Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine Activating gt Turnthe SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 0 or remove it from the starter switch gt Press button BEY gt page 193 The indicator lamp on button RR comes on Deactivating gt Press button GERY gt page 193 The indicator lamp on button GEG goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after approximate
424. the bulb as soon as possible Bi Xenon headlamp gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Halogen headlamp gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Bi Xenon headlamp gt gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display O ows 1 STANDING LIGHT L CE C SG STANDING LIGHT R CHECK s ONG STANDING LIGHT L Comes E SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON STANDING LIGHT R CHECK EG SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON WARE EG eri Chie CK EGE SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON TAIL LIGHT RIGHT CAG eller SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON TURN OFF LIGHTS Possible cause The left front parking lamp is malfunction ing The right front parking signal lamp is mal functioning The left rear parking signal lamp is mal functioning A substitute bulb is being used The right rear parking signal lamp is mal functioning A substitute bulb is being used The left tail lamp is malfunctioning A sub stitute bulb is being used The right tail lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being used Lamps have been turned on although the SmartKey in the ignition is in position O Possible solution gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace
425. the sun or if the hood is still hot Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehi cle doors etc Operation Vehicle care Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical compo nents and connectors from the intrusion of water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticor rosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bush ings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be pro tected from any wax Vehicle washing Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight Only use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz ap proved Car Shampoo Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently Rinse with clear water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Due to the width of the vehicle fold in ex terior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors After running the vehicle through an au tomatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield gt page 336 and the wiper blade inserts gt page 335 This
426. theft alarm system is dis armed If the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours you must pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEYLESS GO function The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of un locking if e neither a door nor the trunk is opened e the central locking switch is not acti vated Controls in detail Locking and unlocking The vehicle could inadvertently be un locked if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and e an outside door handle is splashed with water or e you attempt to clean an outside door handle Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handle gt page 58 or trunk lid gt page 101 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO so when you grasp the driv er s outside door handle only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap unlocks gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about six seconds until battery check lamp flashes twice The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO will then function as follows Unlocking driver s door and fue
427. then see the message LIGHTING CANNOT BE COMPLETELY RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING Controls in detail Control system Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position M the following lamps will switch on during darkness when the vehicle is un locked with the SmartKey e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Front fog lamps To activate locator lighting gt Make sure the function LOCATOR LIGHTING is set gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Egy when exiting the vehicle If you do not open a door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will switch off automatically after approxi mately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the LIGHT ING submenu gt Press button EAN or ed repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display LOCATOR LIGHTING The selection marker is on the current setting LOCATOR LIGHTING OH 1H OFF a P54 32 2026 31 gt Press or E to select the de sired setting The locator lighting will be switched ON or OFF Setting night security illumination Exterior lamps delayed switch off Use the HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH OFF function to set whether and for how long you would like the exterior lamps to illumi nate during darkness after all doors are closed When the delayed switch off fea ture is activated
428. ther activated Controls in detail Driving systems As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the eighth distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance e Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red dis tance segment illuminates and a con stant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of two seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in position P e Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red dis tance segment illuminates and a con stant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of two seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in position D or P Controls in detail Driving systems Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system can be switched off manually The Parktronic button is located in the up per part of the front center console FX mm Ea 4 Indicator lamp 2 Parktronic button Switching off the Parktronic system gt Press button 2 Indicator lamp Q comes on Switching on the Parktronic system gt Press button 2 again Indicator lamp Q goes out The Parktronic system is automatically switched on when the ignition is switched on gt page 34 Par
429. thorized Mercedes Benz Center Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat and check installation of the child seat If the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out have the system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Vehicle status messages in the multi function display Warning and malfunction messages ap pear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messag es are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 159 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the mul tifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 140 or button MAN ed fae or on the multifunction steering wheel gt page 144 Other messages of high priority and mes sages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display us ing the reset button or button BY ed mz or on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the vehicle status messa
430. til the side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed Release the lock button on the outside door handle to interrupt procedure When closing the side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as fol lows e Release button Wato stop the closing procedure To open press and hold but ton gi To continue the closing after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing pro cedure press and hold button eg Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the lock button on the outside door handle gt page 58 to stop the closing procedure e Pull on the outside door handle and hold firmly The side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof will open for as long as the outside door handle is held but the door is not opened Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof With the sunroof closed or tilted open a screen can be slid into the roof opening to help provide shade When sliding the sun roof open the screen will also retract Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof The tilt sliding sunroof is opened and closed electrically The switch for the tilt sliding sunroof is on the overhead con trol panel P77 00 2128 31 P7002 127 31 1 Push up to raise sunroof at rear 2 Pull down to lower sunroof at rear 3 Push forward to slid
431. til the desired air volume is reached The display shows the current level Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine Activating gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or O or remove it from the starter switch gt Press button GEQY gt page 205 Controls in detail Automatic climate control Deactivating gt Press button BEY gt page 205 The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes 15 minutes when residual heat and ventilation in the front are also switched on e if the battery voltage drops a How long the system will provide heat ing depends on the coolant tempera ture and the temperature set by the operator The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air distribu tion control setting Controls in detail Power windows Opening and closing the power windows The side windows are opened and closed electrically The switches for all side win dows are on the driver s door The switch es for the respective windows are on the front passenger door and the rear doors C Left front window 2 Right front window 3 Right rear window 4 Left rear window Rear window override switch gt page 77 Warning A N
432. times and you have direct ly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or Introduction Operator s Manual 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different sub stantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for ser vice The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in
433. ting instruc tions 7 Garage door opener 263 Rear view mirror 41 9 Tele Aid emergency call 256 system button At a glance Door control panel DE 3 ya r P L 000 0505 us o E Item Page Door handle 102 Memory function for stor 128 ing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel settings Seat heating 125 Seat ventilation 127 Seat adjustment 38 0O Item Exterior mirror adjustment Mirror folding function Switches for opening clos ing front door windows Override switch for rear pas senger compartment Switches for opening clos ing rear windows Remote trunk lid switch Page 41 186 189 208 Td 208 104 a ss LL Getting started Unlocking Adjusting Driving Parking and locking Getting started Unlocking The Getting started section provides an overview of the vehicle s most basic func tions First time Mercedes Benz owners should pay special attention to the infor mation given here If you are already familiar with the basic functions described here the Controls in detail section will provide you with further information The corresponding page refer ences are located at the end of each seg ment Unlocking with the SmartKey P80 35 2086 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Opening button for trunk 3 Unlock button 4 Panic button gt page 78 A When
434. ting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshifting S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG The steering wheel gearshift control pro vides an alternative method for changing the gears manually and limiting or extend ing the gear range for automatic shifting with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode C or S For information on using the steering wheel gearshift control in manual program mode M S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG only see Manual shift pro gram S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG gt page 183 To avoid overrevving the engine when downshifting with steering wheel gearshift buttons the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Automati
435. tion marker with the or E button to the INST CLUS submenu Press button BeN or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the multi function display DISPLAY VALUES IN The selection marker is on the current setting DISPLAY VALUES IN MILES pam kK o P54 92 2024 31 gt Press or E to set speedome ter unit to MILES or KM Controls in detail Control system Selecting language Available languages DISPLAY UNIT gt Move the selection marker with e German TIRE PRESSURE the or SBSH button to the INST s Enelish BAR az CLUS submenu pS a e French gt Press button JM or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the multi e Italian function display LANGUAGE P ress or ail to select the de e Spanish sired tire inflation pressure unit The selection marker is on the current setting Selecting tire inflation pressure unit Lighting submenu LANGUAGE a UGHA pos E UNIE TOP eel Access the LIGHTING submenu via the SET DEUTSCH 4 EE A a TINGS menu Use the LIGHTING submenu ENGLISH gt Move the selection marker with to change the lamp and lighting settings on 1H ne rA the or E button tothe INST your vehicle The following functions are ESPANOL CLUS submenu available P54 32 2629 31 gt Press or E to select the lan gt Press button EAN or R repeatedly Function Page guage to be used for the multifunction Pie a aad ee ee Set daytime running lamp mode 165 display messages ii i PRESSURE een
436. tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire ply material Warning UN The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underin flation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure 1 Plies in sidewall 2 Plies under tread For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Tire and loading terminology Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bars Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship be
437. tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only eT in 1 6 mm of tread remains Operation Tires and wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle capacity weight Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ibs times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Operation Tires and wheels Rotating tires A Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension Warning If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spin
438. tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your vehicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such notices are available from your tire dealer or from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A If you use your spare tire when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Warning Have the spare tire replaced with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Winter driving Block heater Canada only The engine is equipped with a block heater The electrical cable may be installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Snow chains SST Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow When driving with snow chains you may wish to deactivate the ESP gt page 82 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Please observe the following guidelines when using snow chains Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations Snow chains should only be used on the rear wheels Follow the manufac turer s mounting
439. topping 210 synchronizing power windows 210 Sidewall 324 448 Simultaneous wiping and washing Windshield wipers 53 Single wipe 53 SmartKey 92 Battery check lamp 94 100 Factory setting 94 Global locking 94 Global locking and unlocking 94 Global unlocking 94 Lock button 92 Locking 58 Locking and unlocking 92 Loss of 96 Remote control 92 395 399 Replacing the batteries 392 Replacing the battery 392 Restoring to factory setting 95 Selective setting 94 Starting the engine 46 Turning off the engine 57 Unlock button 92 Unlocking 32 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 96 Checking the battery 101 Factory setting 99 Global locking 99 Global unlocking 100 Lock button 96 Locking the vehicle 101 Loss of 102 Messages in display 368 Remote control 96 Replacing the battery 392 393 Selective setting 100 Unlock button 96 Unlocking 33 96 Snow chains 328 Spare fuses 385 Spare wheel Mounting 403 Speed Setting current 216 Setting to last stored speed in Distron ic Resume funct Speed settings Cruise control 217 Distronic 223 224 To last stored speed Resume func ion 224 tion in Cruise control 217 Speedometer Displays 220 Settings units 163 Speedometer display mode Selecting 163 Sporty driving style 232 SRS 68 448 Indicator lamp 347 SRS indicator lamp 60 Standing lamps 131 Replacing bulbs 395 399 Standing water Driving instructions 280 Starting difficulties 48 Starting the engi
440. tor detectsa gt tire inflation pressure monitor loss of pressure in at least one tire comes on Bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Take note of the messages in the multi function display The warning lamp goes out once the tire in flation pressure monitor has been reactivat ed after the tire inflation pressures have been corrected Warning A N When the tire inflation pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire in formation placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency B and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recom mended inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual The recommended tire inflation pres sures for your vehicle can be found on the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap not in the owner s manual Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause Suggested solution E The r
441. ts in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in side rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Controls in detail Good visibility Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position Follow these steps to activate the mirror parking position so that the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position gt Make sure you have stored a parking position for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt page 130 gt Make sure the MIRROR SETTING WHEN PARKING function in the CONVENIENCE submenu of the control system is switched to ON gt page 170 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 gt D Controls in detail Good visibility The exterior rear view mirror returns to its Folding exterior rear view mirrors in previously stored driving position and out automatically e ten seconds after you put the gear se When the corresponding function in the lector lever out of position R control system is activated gt page 172 e immediately once your vehicle exceeds The exterior rear view mirrors automat a speed of approximately 6 mph ically fold in as soon as the vehicle is 10 km h locked from the outside e immediately when you press button The exterior rear view mirrors automat P88 70 2228 31 ai ar l l l for drivers side mirror ically fold out as soon as the vehicle is 1 Driver s side exterior rear view m
442. ture is activated When entering the vehicle with the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel or depending on your se lection the steering wheel and driver s seat will return to their last set memory po sition or a factory set maximum forward position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 once with the driver s door closed Controls in detail Seats For safety reasons the driver s seat will not return to its last set position with the easy entry exit feature activated if the system recognizes the last set posi tion as an extreme forward position In stead the driver s seat will remain at or move to a factory set maximum for ward position To again fully return the driver s seat to your last set position or to memory position adjust the seat to the desired position or press and hold the respective memory position button gt page 129 Controls in detail Seats Removing and installing front seat Front seat head restraints Removing front head restraints head restraints gt Press switch 1 upwards and hold until the head restraint is fully extended gt Pull out head restraint 2 Coad Installing front head restraints Qo O gt Press switch 1 upwards and hold for about five seconds O p54 25 27979 31 P Push the head
443. tween tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than one mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with stan dard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passen gers and cargo Operation Tires and wheels DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the Certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GWV must never exceed the GWVR indicated on the Certification label located on the driver s door B pilla
444. upants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The trunk is the preferred place to carry ob jects Driving abroad Abroad there is an extensive Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to drive into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio trans mitters COMAND radio and telephone ZN Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System radio or tele phone if road weather and traffic conditions permit Warning Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Operation Driving instructions Telephones and two way radios A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they ar
445. urfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Automatic transmission The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console 1 Program mode selector switch M Manual For manual gear shifting C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving The current gear selector lever position and the selected program mode M C S are indicated in the tachometer display gt page 174 Controls in detail Automatic transmission Ri a Downshifting For information on automatic program The manual program mode M will not modes C or S see Automatic shift be stored When the engine is turned Warning A N program gt page 179 Gear selector off with the manual program mode M lever one touch gearshifting selected the transmission will go to On slippery road surfaces never downshift gt page 180 and Steering wheel the automatic program mode C or S in order to obtain braking action This could gearshift control one touch gearshift when the engine is restarted result in drive wheel slip and reduced ing S 55 AMG and S 65 AMG 7 vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not gt page 181 Upshifting prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to Activating manual shift program the right in the D direction gt Briefly press the gear
446. uring transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts Switch off the tow away alarm gt page 88 and the automatic central locking gt page 112 Do not tow start the vehicle When circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehi cle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front wheels raised except vehi cles with 4MATIC only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe loca tion where the recommended towing methods can be employed Ea Vehicles with 4MATIC Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must be on or off the ground Observe instructions for towing the ve hicle with all wheels on the ground Practical hints Towing the vehicle If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised not permissible for vehicles with 4MATIC the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immediately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the selector lever must be in position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground or the front axle raised the vehicle may be towed only for dis tances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Practi
447. urned off To check the engine oil level via the multi function display do the following gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 The standard display gt page 148 should appear in the multifunction display gt Press button BY or FAM on the steering wheel until the following mes sage is seen in the multifunction dis play ENGINE OIL LEVEL MEASURING HOW ts CORRECT MEASUREMENT ONLY IF VEH LEVEL P54 92 2769 31 One of the following messages will sub sequently appear in the indicator e ENGINE OIL LEVEL OK e ADD 1 0 QT TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 1 0 LITER e ADD 1 5 QIS 10 REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 1 5 LITERS e ADD 2 0 QTS TO REACH MAX OIL LEVEL Canada 2 0 LITERS Operation Engine compartment If you want to interrupt the checking procedure press the BVA or Ba button on the multifunction steering wheel If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil gt page 292 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 434 and gt page 437 Operation Engine compartment Other display messages If the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 35 is not in po sition 2 the following message will appear FOR ENGINE OIL LEVEL SWITCH IGNITION ON gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 If you see the message PERF SERV ON TIME gt If engine is at operating temperature wai
448. us damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When the gear selector lever is in position D you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e changing gears manually Gear selector lever position Effect Park position Gear selector lever position when the vehicle is parked Place gear selector lever in position P only when vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always set the parking brake in addition to placing the gear selector lever in position P to secure the vehicle Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P With the SmartKey removed the gear selector lever is locked in position P Reverse gear Place gear selector lever in position R only when vehicle is stopped Controls in detail Automatic transmission Effect Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the trans mission never engage N while driving If the ESP is deactivated or malfunctioning Move gear selector lever to N only if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads Drive The transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available C
449. ustomer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Programming or reprogramming the in tegrated remote control Step 1 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 34 Step 2 gt If you have previously programmed an integrated signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 Otherwise press and hold the two outer signal transmit ter buttons 2 and 4 and release them only when the indicator lamp begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This proce
450. vehicle KEYLESS GO start stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only Getting started Driving Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress ac celerator The gear selector lever lock is released Press KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine starts if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in the vehicle For information on turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see Turning off the en gine with KEYLESS GO gt page 57 Getting started Driving Starting difficulties If the engine does not start as described carry out the following steps gt or If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 0 and repeat starting procedure If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detec tion of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Repeat the starting procedure gt page 46 Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery Get a jump start gt page 411 If the engine does not start after several starting attempts there could be a mal Warning A N function in the engine electronics or in the 19 _ cK fuel supply s
451. very important for the driver and passenger front to always be in a properly seated position and to wear your seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Oc cupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the air bag can be seriously in jured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye e Sit properly belted in a nearly upright position with your back against the seat backrest gt D b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Adjust the driver s seat as far as possi ble rearward still permitting proper op eration of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breast bone to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 in 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combina tion of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any prob lems please see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dash board Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms in si
452. vices and belt force limiters The ETD is designed to activate in the fol lowing cases e infrontal or rear end impact exceeding a preset severity level e incertain vehicle rollovers e ifthe restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see E9 indicator lamp gt page 60 The ETDs for the front seats will only activate if the respective front seat belt is fastened latch plate properly insert ed into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats will activate with or without the respective seat belt fastened In an impact emergency tensioning devic es remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Belt force limiters reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on oc cupants during a crash Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N A pyrotechnic emergency tensioning device ETD that was activated must be replaced When disposing of the pyrotechnic emer gency tensioning device our safety instruc tions must be followed These are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center PRE SAFE has electrically operated revers ible pre tensioners that do not require replacement after activation Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side and with the seat belt fastened to secure the object the ETD to deploy in a crash
453. ximum deceleration ability of your vehicle Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed The brake pedal is automatically applied as this happens which results in the brake pedal moving Keep driver s foot area clear at all times in cluding the area under the brake pedal Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic menu in the control system In the Distronic menu you see the current settings for Distronic What appears in the multifunction display depends on whether Distronic and the distance warning func tion are turned on or off gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following dis plays Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic deactivated If Distronic is deactivated the standard display of Distronic appears in the multi function display 1 E T 5 0 10 OFT 300 P54 30 6335 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Symbol for activated distance warning function Your vehicle Distronic activated When you turn Distronic on you will see the set speed in the multifunction display for about five seco
454. y Roadside Assistance and information Tele Aid is initially ac tivated by completing a subscriber agreement and placing an acquain tance call The Tele Aid system is operational pro vided that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not dam aged and cellular and GPS coverage is available Telematics A combination of the terms telecom munications and informatics Tightening torque Force times lever arm e g a lug wrench with which threaded fasteners such as wheel bolts are tightened TIN Tire Identification Number gt page 325 Tire load rating gt page 325 Tire ply composition and material used gt page 325 Tire speed rating gt page 325 Traction gt page 325 Tread gt page 325 Treadwear indicators gt page 325 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 325 Vehicle capacity weight gt page 325 Vehicle level control The ground clearance of the vehicle is automatically controlled according toa selected setting and speed The driver can choose manually within a range of ground clearance for example on very rough roads Vehicle maximum load on the tire gt page 325 VIN Vehicle Identification Number The number set by the manufacturer and stamped on the body to uniquely identify each vehicle produced Voice control system Voice control system for car phones portable cell phones and audio sys tems radio CD etc A ABC 2
455. y alarm if the ignition is switched on Safety and Security Anti theft systems gt Press button 2 Canceling the alarm With KEYLESS GO The indicator lamp in the button To cancel the alarm gt Grasp an outside door handle comes On Deny P The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must gt Exit the vehicle and lock it with the HEE SIMATEKEY be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle SmartKey or vehicles with gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter oi KEYLESS GO with the lock button on switch each outside door handle or trunk lid p gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton gt page 35 A P TESS TOC EAN Or EA oUi tonon the The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must When you unlock your vehicle the SmartKey Bete dehe ice tow away protection disarms automati Thear ie canceled cally The alarm is canceled The tow away alarm remains disarmed until you lock your vehicle again Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Seats Memory function Lighting Instrument cluster Control system Automatic transmission Good visibility Automatic climate control Power windows Power tilt sliding sunroof Driving systems Loading Useful features Controls in detail Locking and unlocking In the Controls in detail section you will find detailed information on how to oper ate the equipment installed in your vehicle If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this sect
456. y connected not damaged and cel lular and GPS coverage is available The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the multifunction steering wheel To raise press button and to lower press button EE or use the volume knob on your COMAND head unit gt To activate press the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button BRS depend ing on the type of response required The SOS button is located above the in terior rear view mirror The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the center armrest cov er Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satel lites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be sum moned by other means System self check Initially after switching on the ignition malfunctions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Information button stay on longer than ten seconds or do not come on The message TELE AID MALFUNCTION
457. y duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure gt bar kilopascal kPa Recommended tire inflation pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure listed on placard located on driver s door B pillar for normal driving conditions Provides best handling tread life and riding comfort Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchases the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identifica tion mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufac turers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the
458. y moving the tilt sliding sunroof TE E Poe O switch in the overhead control panel in any has nee been moved i another posi Press and hold button Ej for approx an tion using the respective window imately two seconds The side windows l switch or tilt sliding sunroof switch af and tilt sliding sunroof will close You The closing of the side windows and ter it was closed with button EEJ A can release button EEJ once the clos tilt sliding sunroof can be reversed by again window or tilt sliding sunroof that was ing procedure has begun The windows pressing and holding button EE moved will remain in its current posi and tilt sliding sunroof continue clos tion if button EE is used to re open ing until they are fully closed Deactivating the remaining windows or tilt sliding gt Press button EY gt page 193 Sno The indicator lamp on the button goes out The system automatically switches to the air recirculation mode if the carbon monoxide CO or nitrogen oxide NOx concentration of the outside air increases beyond a predetermined level for example in a tunnel The automatic air recirculation mode does not function if is selected or if the outside temperature has fallen below 41 F 5 C The activated charcoal filter should be switched off when windows fog up on the inside or if the passenger compartment needs to be quickly heated or cooled down Rear window defroster The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power
459. you can answer a call at any time In the display you will then see the message TEL R na maal PA s gt Press button F You have answered the call In the dis play you see the duration of the call po sitioned above the number P54 32 2013 31 If you do not wish to accept a call press button aan Ending a call gt Press button Fam You have ended the call In the display you will again see the standby mes sage Dialing a number from the phone book If your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the dis play gt Press button aM or Re The control system reads the phone book which is stored in the telephone The call transmission depends on the number of entries in the phone book and can take up to 60 seconds In the display you will see the message PLEASE WAIT When the message PLEASE WAIT dis appears the phone book has been loaded Press button A or Reg repeatedly until the desired name appears in the display The stored names are displayed in as cending or descending alphabetical or der If you press and hold EN or Re for longer than one second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again Cancel the quick search mode by pressing fam gt Press button F The system dia
460. ystem When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an acci dent and or serious injury gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Parking brake gt Release the parking brake by pulling handle 2 The indicator lamp USA only or g Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out 1 Parking brake pedal 2 Release handle Driving gt Depress the brake pedal gt Move gear selector lever to position D or R Warning A N It is dangerous to shift the gear selector le ver out of P or N if the engine speed is high er than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accel erate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Warning A N On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control In order to avoid damaging the trans mission e wait for the gear selection process to complete bef

Mercedes Benz 2006 S 350 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents